The Ottawa naturalist

ftn - *v

1893 VOL. VII. 1894

THE

Ottawa Naturalist.

BEING VOL. IX OF THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

Ottawa Field-Naturalists' Club.

(Organized March, i8jq. Incorporated March, 1884.)

OTTAWA :
Paynter & Co., Printers, 48 Rideau Street.

1893.

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON
Governor General of Canada.

President : Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
tst, Frank T. Shutt, | 2nd, Dr. R. W. Ells.

Secretary: Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer: A. (i. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian: William Scott, Normal School.

r ... /James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

Committee: \ Ulss A Shenick, Miss G. Harmer, Miss A. M. Living.

Stitnbing Committees of (Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shenick,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

^Trabcrs :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whvte, J. Craig, R, H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchford, J. F. Whiteaves, J. Fletcher.
Entomology J. Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, T. J. MacLaughliw
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lees, Miss Bolton.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

bitorial Staff :

Editor W. H. Harrington.
Sub-Editors : Geology, Dr. Ami ; Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier ;
Botany, William Scott ; Conchology, F. R. Latchford ; Ento-
mology, J. Fletcher ; Ornithology, A. G. Kingston ; Zoology,
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
Transactions,

Part i, Not sold singly.

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts.
" 3> 25 " " 15 "

" 4, 25 " " 15 '

t , J ' - . "^ u 1 To members, 50 cts.

7, 30 20 j ' 3

The Ottawa Naturalist, $1.00 per annum.

Monthly parts, 10 cents ; to members, 5 cents.

Quarterly parts, 25 cents each; to members, 15 cents

Extras Billings, W. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture,

pp. n, 5c.

Ells, R. W. Asbestus ; its history, mode of occurrence and

uses. pp. 24, 10c.

$1.00 for Vol. I.
To members, 70 cts.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Allan, Hon. Geo. W. (Toronto.)
Allan, W. A.

Ami, H. M., D.Sc, F.G.S. F.G.S.A.
Anderson, Lieut. -Col. W. P., C. .,

M. I. C. E.
Anderson, Mrs. W. P.
Archibald, Miss E.
Armstrong, John R.
Bailey, Prof. L. W. M. A., Ph. D.,

F.R.S.C. (Fredericton, N. B.)
Baldwin, Miss H. A.
Ballautyne, Miss I. M.
Ballantyne, J.

Baptie, George, M.A., M.D.
Barlow, A. E., M.A.
Barlow, Scott.
Bate, H. Gerald.
Bate, H. N.
Beddoe, Chas. H.
Bell, E. B.
Bell, Robert, B.App.Sc, M.D.,L.L.D.,

F.R.S.C, FG.S.A.
Bethune, Rev. C.J. S., M.A., D.C.L.,

F. R. S. C, (Port Hope, Ont.)
Billings, W. R.
Blanchet, W. H.
Boardman, Wm. F.
Bolton, Rev. C. E. (Paris, Ont.)
Bolton, Miss Eliza.
Borden, F. W., M.D., M.P. (Canning,

N. S.)
Boville, T. C, B.A.
Bowen, Miss Alice (Quebec.)
Bowerman, J. T., B. A.
Brewster, \V. (Cambridge, Mass., U. S.)
Broadbent, Ralph L.
Brodie, R. J., B.App.Sc. (Smith's Falls

Ont.)
Brown, Mrs. R. D.
Brumell, H. Peareth, F.G.S.A.
Burgess, T. J. W., M. D., F. R. S. C.

(Montreal.)
Burland, J. H., B.App.Sc, F.G.S.
Butterworth, Miss Maria E.
Campbell, A. M. (Perth, Ont.)
Campbell, Miss C.
Campbell, R. H.
Carey, G. T.
Casey, M. W.
Chamberlin, Mrs. B.
Chubbock, C. E. D.
Cochrane, A. S., C. E.
Cornu, Felix, M.D. (Montreal.)

Cousens, W. C, M.D.

Cowley, R. H., B.A.

Craig, Prof. J. A. (Madison, Wis.

Craig, John.

Craig, Wm. (Russell, Ont.)

Coughlin, Mrs. M. A.

Cowan, Miss M. E.

Cowan, Mrs. R. W.

Dawson, G. M., C.M.G.,LL.D.,F.R.S.,
DSc. , Assoc. R. S. M. , F. G. S. , F. R. S. C.

Dawson, Miss M.

Dawson, S. E. L.D.

Dawson, Miss W.

Deeks, W. E., B.A. (North Williams-
burg, Ont.)

Dimock, W. D., B.A. (Truro, N. S.)

Dixon, F. A.

Dowling, D. B., B.A.Sc.

Doyon, J. A.

Dulau & Co., (London.)

Dwight, Jonathan J. (New York.)

Eaton, D. I. V.

Elkins, A. W., C.E., P.L.S. (Lennox-
ville, Que.)

Ells, R. W., LL.D., F.G.S.A.

Ells, Mrs. R. W.

Empey, Miss M.

Evans, Jno. D., C.E. (Copper Cliff, Ont.)

Ewart, D.

I-edarb, F. J.

Ferrier, W. F. B.A.Sc.

Fleming, Sandford, C. M. G., C. E.,
F.R.C.I., F.R.S.C.

Fletcher, Miss C. F. S.

Fletcher, James, F.L.S., F.R.S.C.

Fletcher, Mrs. J.

Fortescue, L.

Fortescue, Mrs. L.

Fraser, Basil H. C.E.

Fuller, Thos., R.C.A.

Gallap, A. H.

Gemmell, R. E.

Gilmour, T.

Giroux, N. J., C.E., F.G.S.A.

Glashan, J. C.

Gobeil, A .

Goodwillie, Rev. J, M., M.A. (Vernon,
Ont.)

Grant, Sir J. A. K.C.M.G., M.D.,
F. R. C. S. , Edin. , F. R. S. C. , F. G. S.

Grist, Henry.

Grist, Miss Mary L.

Hardie, John.

Hardie, Miss Jessie.

Maimer, Miss G. (Hintonburgh, Ont.)

Harmon, Miss A. Maria.

Harrington, \V. Hague.

Harrington, Mrs. W. II.

Harrison, Edward.

Hay, George, Sr.

Hay, W. H.

Hayter, F., B.A.

Herridge, Rev. W. T. B. A., B. D.

Hodgins, John.

Hope, James.

Howell, H. M., Q. C, (Winnipeg.)

Hughes, Chas. (Wakefield, Que.)

Jenkins, S. J., B.A.

Johnson, E. V., C.E.

Johnson, J. F. F.

Johnston, Robt. A. A.

Jones, C. J.

Reams. J. C.

Reefer, Thos. C, C.E.

Reeley, D. II.

Kingston, A. G.

Laflamme, Rev. J.C.R., D.D.,F.R.S.C.

\>uebec.)
Lambart, Hon. O. II.
Lambarl, Hon. Mr.-. O. II.
Lambe, L. M. F.G.S., F.G.S.A.,
Latchford, F. R., B.A.
Law, John.
Lawson, Prof. G., LL. D., Ph. D

F. R. C. I. ,F.R.S.C. ( H alifax . )
Lee, Miss Ratharine.
Lees, Miss Jessie.
Lees, Miss V.
Lees, W. A. D.
Lehmann, A. B.S.A., (Baton Rouge, La.

U. S.)
LeSueur, W. D., B.A.
LeSueur, Mrs. W. D.
Library of Parliament.
Lindsay, A

Living, Mi\- A. Marion.
Lovick, Miss G.
Lowe, John.
MacCabe, f. A., LL.D.
McConnell, R. G., B.A., F.G.S.A.
M.icCraken, |ohn I., B.A.
McDougall, A. H.
McDougall, T. A., M.D.
MacDougall, K. (Ormstown, Que.)
McElhinney, M. P.
McEvoy, fas., B.A.Sc.
MacFarlane, T. 3 M.E.. F.R.S.C.
McGill, A., B.A., B. Sc.
Mclnnes, Wm., />'../., F.G.S.A.
McLaughlin, S.
McLaughlin, Mrs. S

MacLaughlin, T. J.

McLean, J. D.

MacLean, Miss. S.

McMinn, W. J. R., B.A.

McNab, Chas.

McXaughton, II. F.

Macoun, Prof. John. M.A., F.L.S.,

F.n.s.c.

Macoun, J. M.

Mather, Miss J.

Matheson, D.

Matheson, W. M.

M earns, Capt. E. A. (Fort Snelling, Minn)

Meneilly, \V. J.

Mills, Miss Margaret A.

Moore, H. R.

Nelson, F., B.A.

Nicholls, William.

Xicholls, Rupert W.

O'Brien, S. E.

Odell, W. S.

Ox ley, J. M-, B.A., B.C.L.

1'anet, M^aurice.

Paquet, F. X.

Perley, Major Henry F., C.E.

Perkins, Miss E.

Poirier, Hon. P. S. (Shediac, N. B.)

Pratt, H. O. E.

Prevost, L. C.. M.D.

Robert, J. A., B.A.Sc. (Montreal.)
, Robertson, Prof. J. A.

Robertson, X.

Robins, R. X. (Sherbrooke, Que.)

Rondeau, Rev. S., B.A. (Sudbury).

Ross, Xiles < i.

Ross, W. A., J.C.C.
, Rothwell, Miss Lina.

Saint-Cyr, D. X. (Quebec).

Saunders, Fredk.

Saunders, Prof. W., F.L.S., F.R.S.C,
F.C.S.

Saunders, W. E., (London, Ont.)

Scott, Duncan C.

Scott, Fred.

Scott, P., M.D. (Southampton, Ont.)

Scott, W.

Scott, W. B.A.

Scott, W. L., B.A.

Selwyn, A.R.C., C.M.G., LL.D.
F.R.S., F.R.S.C., F.Q.S., F.G.S.A.

Senate, The.

Senecal, CO., C.E.

Shenick, Mis> A., /.'. Sc.

Shutt, F. T. M. A., F.I.C., F.C.S.

Simpson, Willibert.

Small, H. B.

Small, H. Beaumont, M.D.

Smith, Miss Floise.

5

Smith, Miss Ethel M.

Steacy, Miss Isabel.

Steckel, R., C.E.

Summerby.Wm. J., M.A. (Russell, Ont.)

Surtees, Robert, C.E.

Sutherland, Miss C. F. S.

Sutherland, J. C. (Richmond, Que.)

Sweetland, John, 31. D.

Symes, Miss E

Symes, P. B., A.K.C.

Taylor, Rev. G. W. (Victoria, B.C.)

Thayne, E. Stewart.

Thompson, T. W.

Thorburn, lohn, M.A., LL.D.

Topley, H." N.

Topley, Mrs. H. X.

Topley, Mrs. W. J.

Treadwell, C. W., B.A., B.C.L.

Twidale, A. P., (High Rock, Que.)

Tyndall, Miss. A., (Cummings Bridge.)

Tyrrell, J. B., B.A., B.Sc, F.G.S.

F.G.S.A.
Waghorne, Rev. A. C. , (New Harbour,

Nfld.)
Wait, F. G., B.A.

Walker, T. L., M.A. (Kingston, Ont.)
Wallace, J. W. , M.D., (Buckingham, Que)

Walsh, A. R.

Warwick, F. W. , B.Sc, (Buckingham,

Que.)
Watters, Henry.
Watts, T. W. H., R.C.A.
Weldon, Prof. R. C., M.P. (Halifax.)
Weston, T. C.
White, George R.
White, Lieut. -Col. Wm.
White, W. R. (Pembroke, Ont.)
Whiteaves, T- F., F.G.S. , F.R.S.C.

F.G.S.A.
Whyte, Miss Isabella.
Whyte, T- G.
Whyte, Miss Ethel.
Whyte, Miss Marion.
Whyte, R. B.
Whyte, Mrs. R. B.
Willimott, Charles W.
Willing, T. X. (Calgary, X. W. T.)
Wills, T- Lainson, M.E.. F.C.S.
Wilson, W. J.
Wintle, E. D. (Montreal.)
Wood, Josiah, M.P., (Sackville, X. B )
Wright, W. R.
Young, Rev. C. J., M.A.. (Lansdowne,

Ont.)

-:0:

CORRESPONDING MEM HERS .

Hill, Albert J., M.A., C.E., New Westminister, B.C.

Merriam, Dr. C. Hart, Department of Agriculture, Washington, U.S.

Ormf.rod, Miss E. A., F. R. Met. So*:, Torrington House. Holywell Hill, St.

Albans, England.
Smith, Prof. John B., Rutger's College, New Brunswick, X. J.

CONSTITUTION

OF THE

OTTAWA FIELD NATURALISTS' CLUB.

i. Name and Object. This Club shall be called the Ottawa Field-
Naturalists' Club, and its object shall be the study of the Natural
History of this Locality.

2. Officers. The Officers of the Club shall consist of a President,
first and second Vice-Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and a Libra-
rian, who, together with six other members of the Club, of whom three
shall be ladies, shall form a Council, all of whom shall be elected
annually, and shall be eligible for re-election, and who shall have the
management of all the business of the Club. In the event of any
vacancy occurring in the Council during the year, the same may be
filled by the election of a successor at any of its regular meetings.

3. Auditors. There shall be two Auditors, elected annually, to
examine the Treasurer's accounts for the following year, and report
thereon at the next annual meeting.

4. President and Vice-Presidents. The President shall direct all
the business of the Club, and preside at all meetings of the Club
and Council ; his duties, in the event of his absence, devolving on the
Vice-Presidents in their order.

5. Secretary. The Secretary shall give previous notice to each
member of the Club of every meeting of the Club, and to each member
of the Council of every meeting of the Council ; shall make and keep
a true record of the Proceedings of all Meetings of the Club and of the
Council : have custody of the Constitution, By-laws, and Records of the
Club, and conduct its general correspondence.

6. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be charged with the collection
and custody of the funds of the Club, and keep a regular account
thereof, which shall always be open to the inspection of the Council.

7

He shall also submit at each annual meeting a statement showing the
financial condition of the Club.

7. Librarian. The Librarian shall have charge of all publications
of the Club, and shall distribute the same under the direction of the
Council. He shall also have the custody of all books and papers
belonging to the Club, and shall supervise their circulation among the
members.

8. Council. The Council shall, as business may require, meet from
time to time at the call of the President, or of any two officers ; shall
control all matters affecting the welfare of the Club, subject to this
Constitution ; shall have full control of the funds of the Club, and shall
report its proceedings to the members at the Annual Meeting.

9. Annual Meeting. The Annual Meeting of the Club shall be
held on the Third Tuesday in March, at which, in addition to other
business, the Annual Report of the Council shall be read, and the
Council and Auditors for the following year elected, by ballot after
nomination, by a majority of the members present.

10. Special Meetings. A Special General Meeting of the Club
may be called by the Council ; and shall be called on requisition of not
less than ten members, specifying the business they wish brought before
the meeting. The Council shall call the meeting within fourteen days
from the receipt of the requisition, giving one week's notice. No other
business shall be transacted than that mentioned in the notice.

n. Conduct of Meetings. The presence often members shall be
required to constitute any general meeting of the Club, and of three
members to constitute a meeting of the Council. All meetings shall
be conducted under such by-laws and rules of procedure as may from
time to time be adopted.

12. Proceedings. Excursions in summer, and Evening Meetings
and Classes of Instruction in winter, shall be held, and the Transactions of
the Club shall be periodically published ; all arrangements for which
shall be made by the Council.

13. Members. Any lady or gentleman desiring to join the Club
shall send a written application, signed by the applicant and endorsed

8

by the recommendation of two members, to the Secretary, and if
approved shall be elected at the next meeting of the Council. Members
desiring to leave the Club must previously settle all dues and signify
their intention in writing to the Secretary.

14. Corresponding Members. The Council shall have the power
of electing Corresponding Members, who shall be persons not residing
in Ottawa or its immediate vicinity, but who may be desirous of promot.
ing the objects of the Club. Corresponding Members shall not be
required to pay membership fees.

1 5. Annual Fee. The annual membership fee shall be one dollar,
payable in advance, due on the third Tuesday in March, and no
member in arrears shall be entitled to any of the privileges of the Club.
New members to pay the fee for the current year upon election. The
payment of the annual fee to entitle a member to receive a copy of the
Transactions, as published, and to admission to the Club Soirees,
without further charge.

16. Amendments. This Constitution may not be changed or
amended except by a special meeting of the Club called for that purpose,
and by a two-third vote of the members present.

1

^[library]

EDITORIAL.

At the Annual Meeting, held on Tuesday, March 21st, Dr. Geo.
Dawson was re-elected President of the Club. During the past year
his connection w'th the important Behring Sea Arbitration caused him
to be absent from Ottawa for much of the time, but as a satisfactory
termination of this question may soon be expected, his presence with
us this year will be more assured, and his interest in the success of the
Club is such that he will be able to materially promote its welfare.
All the old officers were re-elected except three, who are replaced by
Mi. W. F. Ferrier, Miss A. Shenick and Miss A. M Living. The
attention of members is requested to the announcement on a previous
page, of the Standing Committees, Editorial Staff and Leaders, whom
the Council has appointed for the carrying on of the various depart-
ments of the Club s work. The former Editor, Mr. Fletcher, has been
forced through pressure of work, and the distance from the city of his
office, to resign his post, but he has promised his assistance to the
incomer, and the Council has granted further aid by the appointment
of Sub-Editors for the several branches of the scientific work of the
Club. The start made in this direction during the past year, and the
notes so published have proved acceptable to the members, but they
should bear in mind that to make this section of the magazine really
valuable and interesting, it will be necessary for each to make records
and furnish notes to the sub-editors. The Council, in response to
frequent enquiries, has authorized the re-printing of the Constitution,
the only amendment to which, since its adoption at the Special Meet-
ing, held March 28th, 1884, was made at the Annual Meeting in
March, 1890, when the number of members in the Committee, of
Council was enlarged from three to six, in order to specially provide for
three ladies. Although the scope of the Club's work has been gradually
widened to receive the benefits of investigations made by its members
wherever they may be located, the special work for which it was organ-
ized must still merit the chief attention, and although much has been
observed and recorded of the Natural History of Ottawa, there still
remains vastly more to be done. The season for out-door work and
study is here ; the snow and ice are melting, the birds are arriving, the

10

sap is commencing to revivify vegetation, the insects are crawling from
their hibernating crevices ; a few days more and all nature will feel the
rapid throbs of a new season of growth and development. Let us take
every advantage of this finest season of the year, and leave cabinet
and book-study to be true Field-Naturalists.

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL, 1892-93.

To the Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists' Club :

In presenting this, the fourteenth Annual Report of the work of
the Club, your Council has much pleasure in stating that continued
interest exists, and a large amount of valuable work has been accom-
plished. The growing interest which the public of Ottawa is taking in
the excursions and soirees of the Club is very manifest, judging from the
attendance on these occasions, as also from requests for admission to
our membership.

One of the first duties of your Council after election was to appoint
the various standing committees and leaders in the various branches, to
give aid and information to members, and keep records of the season's
work. Fourteen Council meetings were held during the year at which the
routine and executive work of the Club was carried on.

Twenty-nine new members were elected during the past year,
whilst a few of our membership have gone, some out of the city to other
portions of the country, while others we mourn. Amongst the latter
are the following :

Rev. Abbe Provancher, of Cap Rouge, Quebec- This zealous
and relentless student of Botany and Entomology was elected a Cor-
responding member of our Club in 1886. For many years he edited and
wrote extensively for " Le Naturaliste Canadieu" published in Quebec.
The Abbe" was the author of several interesting volumes on Natural
History in the Province of Quebec

William Pittman Lett. For upwards of nine years our late
lamented City Clerk was an active member of the Club, and occupied
the post of Leader in Zoology on several occasions. No one who had
the pleasure to listen to Mr. Lett's graphic descriptions of the life and
habits of the higher mammalia of Ottawa will ever forget them.

11

His love for the chivalrous in the glowing scenes of a huntsman's
career, together with his narratives of personal encounters with the
larger game of the district, are still and will long be fresh in the
memories of even the youngest one in our midst. Mr. Lett has con-
tributed several important and reliable papers on his favorite subject,
which were published in the "Transactions " of the Club.

W. H. C. Smith, of the Geological Survey of Canada has also
passed away from our sphere of activity. Prematurely, right in harness,
engaged at his favourite work and study, Mr. Smith was taken away.
He was to have given the Club an evening's entertainment on the
" Geology of the Rainy Lake region " in which he had a number of
interesting observations to record.

Besides being a Fellow of the Geological Society of America and
Secretary of the Logan Club of Ottawa at the time of his death, Mr.
Smith was a member of a number of societies and organizations, amongst
which he was universally held in high repute.

R. J. Tanner, late Principal of one of our educational insti-
tutions, also passed away. His quiet and gentle unobtrusive manner, as
well as his courtesy and other personal qualities, had won for him a
very large circle of friends.

In his capacity as teacher and student of nature, Mr. Tanner
took a deep interest in the welfare of the Club, whilst the city has lost
in him a useful and worthy citizen.

The total membership of the Club to-day, amounts to two hundred
and seventy-five.

Four general excursions were held during the year and it can safely
be said that never heretofore have these been more successful or better
patronized.

The opening of the Ottawa and Gatineau Valley Railway has done
much to increase the interest and attendance at the excursions held, as
the region traversed is beautiful and attractive to students of Botany,
Geology, Entomology, &c.

Five Soirees were held during the winter, at which the average
attendance was larger than in previous years.

Additions to the Library are coming in steadily from exchanges a
home and abroad.

12

In his report, our energetic Librarian will give you a rdsume* of
the duties devolving upon him and a list of the additions to our Library
during the year.

The Treasurer is able to show a balance on hand of $3-1.20 which
is very creditable as we receive no outside help to enable us to publish
the Ottawa Naturalist or "Transactions" of the Club. A new
departure has been deemed advisable in the publication of the Natura-
list, and Sub-editors were appointed to give notes of observations made
in the different branches of the Club's work. This method has met
with general approval and satisfaction and added interest to the reading
matter in the volume.

The Naturalist has been published regularly every month, and as
near the beginning of the month as possible. It is distributed to the
members and exchange list free of charge, whilst a number of copies
of the volumes of the Transactions were sold during the year,
showing the esteem in which its pages are held by outsiders.

In conclusion, the Council hopes that the new year which will soon
begin for the Club will be one marked by increased activity in all
branches of the Club's work.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Henry M. Ami,
Ottawa, March 21st, 1893. Secretary.

13

OTT^Wy\ FIELD-NATURALISTS' CLUB.

TREASURER'S BALANCE SHEET FOR 1892-'93,

RECEIPTS.

Balance on hand from last year $ $ 28 72

Subscriptions received

Arrears of previous years 52 00

Subscriptions of 1892-93 143 40

Paid in advance for 1893-94 50

" Naturalists" sold by Librarian

Received for " Authors Extras "

" " Advertisements

Net proceeds of Excursions

EXPENDITURE.

Cost of Printing " Naturalist " Vov. VI $222 03

Postage on same 27 13

249 16

General Postage 1 2 86

" Printing 1 90

Printing " Author's Extras " 17 59

Gratuity to Janitor Normal School 5 00

Balance cost of binding periodicals of 189 1 20

Appropriated for " " 1892 10 00

Balance on hand 34 2

195

90

25

3

J 9

2 5

2 5

5

36

24

$

33

91

$ 330 9 l

A. G. KINGSTON,
Ottawa, 21st March, 1893. Treasurer.

]. Ballantyne, I A ,.
Wm. A. D. Lees. \ Audltor& -

14

REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL BRANCH.

To the Council of the Ottaiva Field Naturalists' Club :

The leaders of the Entomological Branch have much pleasure in
reporting that satisfactory work was done during the past season. This
consisted largely in the exact identification of species in the least
worked and more difficult orders. This study has resulted in the ad-
dition of many species of beetles to the list of local species published
in the Transactions of the Club for 1883-84. The advisability is
therefore suggested of publishing at an early date a more complete
record of the species found in this district. The occurrence of some
of the rarer species has already been recorded in the Ottawa Naturalist
under the head of Entomology, and it is proposed for the future to
continue this method, instead of lengthening the Annual Reports.

A complete list of the Hemiptera was published in our June
number, and additions will be recorded from time to time as identified.

In Lepidoptera a considerable amount of work has been done,
particularly in the breeding of species. Some rare insects were ob-
tained, of which mention may be made of Chionobas jutta, a rare satyrid,
concerning the breeding of which at Ottawa some doubt has arisen.
This butterfly was taken in the Mer Bleu on the 23rd June. On the
same date a specimen of the rare little moth Exyra Rowlandiana was
found at rest inside one of the cup-like leaves of the pitcher plant,
Saracenia purpurea. Prof. Riley kindly identified the specimen ; he
stated that it is an uncommon insect. In the December number of
the Naturalist an account is published of some remarkable feather
felting, resulting from the work of the carpet moth caterpillars which
infested the contents of a pillow. A specimen of this felting is shown
to-night. Some most interesting experiments have been carried out
during the past year in transmitting by mail to England pu pas of the
Camberwell Beauty butterfly This journey on two occasions had the
effect of producing the remarkable and extremely rare variety known as
Lintncni, in varying degrees of definition. One particular specimen
had all four wings different. A detailed account of this experiment
will be published on a future occasion.

15

In the order Hymenoptera numerous additions have been made
to collections, including some of great interest. A feature of the year
has been the abundance of parasitic species. Mention may be made
of two which did good service in destroying the eggs of two very in-
jurious pests of the garden, viz., the imported current sawfly (Nemalus
ribesii) and the zebra caterpillar of the cabbage and other plants
(Mamestra picla). An extended notice of these will be found in the
forthcoming report of the Experimental Farms. A list of our Phyto-
phagus Hymenoptera is now ready for publication when space permits
in the Naturalist.

Several collecting expeditions were made during the summer, the
most interesting of which was a visit of two of the leaders to Sudbury,
where in company with Mr. J. D. Evans, a member of the club and an
energetic entomologist, they spent three days collecting. Although the
weather for a portion of the time was not propitious, a large number of
rare and interesting forms were secured.

(Signed), W. H. Harrington, \

J. Fletcher, ' Leaders.

Jan. 19th, 1893. T. J. MacLaughlin, )

BOOK NOTICE.

Report of Observations of Injurious Insects and Common Farm Pests, during
the year 1892, with Methods of Prevention and Remedy.

The Sixteenth Annual Report, on the pests injurious to the British
farmer and gardener, by Miss Eleanor A. Ormerod (a corresponding
member of our Club), indicates that this talented lady is still indefa-
tigably prosecuting the useful investigations which have made her
famous in the field of economic entomology. The present report attains
a length of 163 pages, and treats of a score or so'of interesting subjects,
of which a few only can be here indicated. The Sawfly, whose
injuries to the apple were noted in the previous report, has been bred
through its several stages and has proved to be Hoplocampa ( Teuthredo)
testudinea, Klug. This Sawfly inserts its egg in the embryo apple,
when the fruit is setting, and the larva, when hatched, feeds in the
interior of the fruit and destroys it. Several European sawfiies have
already reached Canada, and inflicted a great deal of injury, and it is

16

sincerely to be hoped that the above pest may not also be introduced.
Some insects well known to American agriculturalists are treated of in
relation to various plants. Among these are the Asparagus Beetle,
which has been to some extent injurious in the Atlantic States, but
which has not yet reached Canada. We have, however, the Cabbage
Aphis, Corn Aphis. Hessian Fly, Mangold Leaf-blister Maggot, Onion
Fly and Diamond-back Moth of the Turnip. Pea-weevils are men-
tioned, but these are not the Bruchus pisi which occurs here, but
beetles which belong to the genus Sitones (true Curculionids,) and
which attack the foliage. Several pages of the report are devoted to
the serious attacks upon tomato of the Heterodera radicola, a small
nematode worm (such are popularly known as eel-worms,) which causes
the growth of knots, or galls, on the roots of this plant, and on others,
such as the cucumber, potato, parsnip, etc. This pest appears to be
especially injurious to the crops grown under glass, and has caused
great loss to some of the extensive growers. Several insect enemies of
the turnip and cabbage are noticed, and considerable space is given to
a discussion of the disease known as Finger-and-toe, the cause of which
is the Slime Fungus, Plasmodiophora brassiae. This fungus is also
injurious here, and has been treated by Mr. Fletcher jn his reports, as
the Club-root of the Cabbage. Miss Ormerod's report is conveniently
arranged under appropriate headings, and in connection with each in-
festation the most suitable remedies are carefully considered. The
mechanical part of the work is well in keeping with the contents, and,
besides numerous wood-cuts of the various pests, there are four excel-
lent photo-gravure plates, illustrating the root diseases to which refer-
ence has been made.

W. H. H.

LIBRARY

17

NOTES ON CANADIAN BRYOLOGY.

By DR. N. C. KINDBERG, Linkoeping, Sweden.

(Communicated by folin Macoun. M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.C.)

Andrea sparsifolia, Zett. Var. subl^evis, Kindb. (N. var.)

Leaves generally smooth, rarely faintly papillose ; the perichetial

ones subobtuse.

Near Cape Beale, Vancouver Island, May 9th, 1 892. (J. M. Macoun.)

Dicranoweisia obliqua, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Differs from D. crispitla, principally in the capsule being asymme-
tric, curved, substrumose in a dry state ; the perichetial leaves being
acuminate, and the costa excurrent in all leaves.

On stones along Asulcan Creek, near the Glacier Hotel, Selkirk
Mountains, B.C. August 8th, 1890. (Macoun.)

Dicranella polaris, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Tufts dusky green, not shining, fuscescent below. Stems 1-3 mm.
high, erect and simple, leaves rigid, patent-erect, nearly straight, from
the ovate-oblong base narrowed to the subulate, indistinctly two or three
toothed, acumen ; cells not papillose, the lower marginal narrow, the
upper sub-oblong ; costa broad, often two-thirds of the lower part
below, faintly marked, filling the whole acumen ; perichetial leaves
larger, entire, broader at the base, with more numerous marginal cells.
Capsule asymmetric suboval, finally subclavate,' curved, smooth, short-
necked, orange ; lid with a long, oblique beak ; peristome of 16 teeth,
nearly entire, slightly cleft above, orange with paler tips ; annulus not
distinct; pedicel yellow, erect, 10-12 mm. long. Spores small, about
0.015 mm. Calyptra short, dimidiate.

Differs from Dicranella cerviculata in the structure of the per-
istome, the broader leaf costa, and the larger perichetial leaves; also
from D. heteromalla in the smaller size, the rigid leaves, the broadei
costa and the not striate capsule.

St. Lawrence Island, Behring Sea, Aug. 15th, 1891. (J. M. Macoun.)

18

Dicranella cerviculatULA, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Agrees with D. cerviculat a\x\ its dioecious inflorescence, the stru-
mose capsule and the yellow pedicel ; differs in the leaves being
gradually acuminate, the cells short quadrate, only the inner at the
base rectangular, the costa narrow, well-defined, and not filling the
acumen, only in the perichetial leaves distinctly excurrent. The tufts
are very dense and compact, dark green, the leaves not spreading, the
pedicel is short about 7-8 mm., the stem 5 mm.

On Digge's Island, Hudson Strait, August, 1884. (R. Bell.)
Leptotrichum (Ditrichum) Tomentosum, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Tufts very compact and tomentose, 2-3 cm. high, the tips yellow-
ish green, faintly glossy. Leaves small, entire, from the ovate-oblong
base attenuate to the involute or canaliculate, scarcely longer or often
shorter acumen, appressed in a dry state ; costa occupying the half of
the leaf-base, and the whole acumen ; alar cells not distinct, the lower
ones subrectangular, the upper shorter, suboval. Barren.

Probably allied to Leptotrichum homomalhtm or Lepto. zonatum
Lev. The leaves are broader than in L. homomallutn, and not so long-
acuminate. It has also the habit of Campylopus, and some forms of
Dicranella heteromalla.

St. Paul's Island, Behring Sea, July 3rd, 1892. (J. M. Macoun.)
Racomitrium fasciculare, Biid. Var. haplocladon, Kindb. (N.var.)

Branches attenuate, acute, simple, or nearly withoutjbranchlets.
St. Paul's Island, Behring Sea, July 6th. 1892. (J. M. Macoun.)

Mnium glabrescens, Kindb. (N. sp )

Differs from M. punctatum in the stems being nearly glabrous, the

leaves green, not nigrescent, faintly reflexed at the borders in a dry
state, the upper leaves narrower, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, the cells
smaller, more rotundate, the costa red only in the middle, (as in M.
stellate) pale at the borders, the inner perichetial leaves ovate-oblong
subobtusc, the pedicel sometimes 5-6 cm. long.

Sitka, and Port Etches, Alaska, 1891-92. (J. M. Macoun.)

19

Swamps, Queen Charlotte Islands, and Comox, Vancouver Island, 1878,
1885. (Dawson.) Near Victoria, and at Comox, Vancouver Island,
1875, 1887. (Macoun.)

Leskea Moseri, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Stems creeping, irregularly branching or pinnate. Leaves small,
green, not glossy, from a. short ovate, at the borders recurved, base, nar-
rowed to a longer and filiform acumen, entire, indistinctly papillose ;
cells rotundate or quadrate ; costa percurrent or excurrent. Pereche-
tial leaves narrowly ovate-oblong, obtusate, short-acuminate, serrate
above, at least to the middle. Capsule erect, cylindric-lanceolate, with
a small mouth ; peristome pale ; endostome as long as the teeth ; cilia
none ; lid conic, short-apiculate ; pedicel about 2 cm. long. Male
flowers not found. Differs from Leskea nervosa, principally in the leaves
being longer-acuminate, and the perichetial ones subobtuse ; it differs
also in the peristome.

Tay Forks, York Co., N.B., 1890. (J. Moser.)
Anomodon platyphyllus, Kindb. (N. sp.)

A. obhtsifolius, Can. Muse, No. 256 ; Macoun Cat., Pt. VI, 171.

Stem irregularly divided or irregularly pinnate ; branches thick ;
leaves large, pherifarious and crisped when dry, (as in the Anomodon
apiculatus and A. viticulosus), undulate and entire at the borders, very
broad, nearly ovate-oblong or from a little broader, cordate and strongly
papillose, base slightly narrowed to the Ungulate at apex rounded
acumen ; inner basal cells subhyaline, not well-defined. Perichetial
leaves strongly papillose and subdentate at the base, and contracted
to a narrow, Ungulate acumen. Capsule much smaller than in A. api-
culatus, oval-oblong ; endostome rudimentary ; lid short-conic, not
rostellate ; pedicel yellow, less than 1 cm. long. Dioecious.

Differs from all our other species in the broader leaves, from the
nearly allied in the small capsule.

Apparently all my specimens of A. obtusifolius are of this species.
(Macoun.)

20

PsF.l DOl I 5KEAATRICHA, Kindb. (N. sp.)

/'. atrovirens Var. atricha, Kindh., Macoun, Cat., Pt. VII, 1S0.

Tufts brownish or olivaceous, with green tips, loosely cohering,
without rhizoids. Leaves distinctly papillose, ovate-oblong, short-
acuminate, serrulate at the acumen ; cells elongate, conflated, irregularly
sinuous. Capsules not found.

On rocks along the Eagle River, just below the little bridge at
Griffin Lake, B.C., August nth, 1889. (Macoun.)
Thuidium (Elodiurn) pseudo-abietinum, Kindh. (N. sp.)

Stums imbricate, densely tufted, creeping, densely brown-tomen-
tose, simply pinnate ; branches distant, short. Stem-leaves faintly pap-
illose, broad-ovate, short-acuminate ; cells generally elongate, the
middle ones oval-oblong ; branch-leaves ovate-oval subobtuse, distinct-
ly denticulate and papillose on both sides, opaque. Capsule curved,
lid not found. Monoecious. Habit of Thuidium (Elodium) paludosum.

In a swamp a little west of Britannia Station, and south of the
Canadian Pacific Railway, six miles west of Ottawa, September, nth,
1890. (Macoun.)
Thuidium abietinum, *pachycladon, Kindb. (N. subsp.)

Differs in the branches being crowded, the stem leaves gradually
long acuminate, ovate-lanceolate, the apical cells narrow, the basal
orange. Capsules not found. Resembling in habit Thuidium Blan-
dowii.

( )n rocks, summit of Tunnel Mountain, at Banff, Rocky Mountains,
Alt. 5,500 teet, June 29th, 1891. (Macoun.)

ISOTHECIUM MVOSUROIDES, *BREVINERVE, Kind.

I. acuticuspis, Mitt.

Differs in the stem leaves being nearly entire, long acuminate,
with a short and sometimes forked or indistinct costa. Capsules not
found. Dioecious.

New Harbor and Speedwell Bay, Newfoundland, Dec. nth, iS^o.
( Rev. A. < '. Waghorne.)
1-1,1 hi < 11 w myosuroides, 'hylocomioides, Kindb. (N. subsp.)

21

Branches subjulaceous, sometimes bipinnate. Leaves larger than
in the type, short-acuminate, those of the branchlets subobtuse ; costa
stout.

On old logs at Comox, Vancouver Island, April 30th, 1S87.
(Macoun.)

EURHYNCHIUM SUBSCABRIDUM, Kindb. (N. sp.)

E. Sullivantii, Macoun Cat., Ft. VI, 206.

Tufts pale green above, dirty yellow below. Stem creeping, pin-
nate ; branches subjulaceous, nearly crowded, long and attenuate,
Leaves long-decurrent, not striate, very papillose on both sides, serru-
late nearly all around ; borders refiexed below ; cells sublinear or lan-
ceolate, those in the angles short and numerous ; costa vanishing near
the acumen. Stem-leaves ovate with a subfiliform point; branch-leaves
ovate-oblong, generally long-acuminate. Perichetial leaves "nearly
entire, filiform pointed. Capsules not found. Dioecious or pseudo-
moncecious.

Allied to E. Sullivantii, Canadian Musci., No. 296. This species
was examined by James and Austin, and pronounced E. Sullivantii,
but Lindberg, in 1871, named it differently. The specimens
from Royston Park that were distributed as No. 296. See Macoun
Cat. VI, page 206, for distribution. (Macoun.)

EURHYNCHIUM SUBINTEGRIFOLIUM, Kindb. (N. Sp.)

Tufts green, not glossy, sparingly radiculose. Stem irregularly
branching or subpinnate ; branches complanate. Leaves somewhat
large, long-decurrent, faintly striate, distant and subdistichous, ovate-
oblong, short apiculate, nearly entire, minutely denticulate near the
apex, chlorophyllose ; cells sublinear, the alar short and somewhat
numerous, not large ; costa thin, generally reaching to the acumen.
Capsule arcuate or subobovate ; lid not found ; pedicel long and smooth.
Probably dioecious.

Habit of Euthynchium (Rhynchostcgiuni) serrulatum ; allied to
the European Eurhynchium {Rhynchostepum) mc&apolitanutn.

22

On old logs in woods along the Columbia River, about one mile
above Revelstoke, B.C., May 5th, 1890. (Macoun.)

Eurhynchium Revelstokense, Kindb. (N sp.)

Tufts pale green. Stem pinnate, creeping ; branches complanate.
Leaves distichous, plicate, pellucid, ovate-lanceolate, long-subulate,
minutely denticulate, sometimes short-decurrent ; cells lanceolate, those
in the angles short and large; costa thick, reaching to above the
middle. Capsule arcuate ; pedicel short and smooth. Lid and male
flowers not found.

On old water-soaked logs in woods west side of the Columbia
River, at Revelstoke, B.C., May 6th, 1890. (Macoun.) This species
and the preceding were included in the references under B. semdatum
in Part VI.

Eurhynchium serrulatum, *ericense, Kindb. (N. subsp.)

Differs in the leaves being shorter, subovate, less distant, nearly
crowded, also in the smaller, and short-pedicellate capsule.

On earth in woods a little west of Leamington, Essex Co., Ont.,
Sept. 21st, 1890. (Macoun.)
Eurhynchium serrulatum, *hispidifolium, Kindb. (N. subsp.)

Differs in the branches being longer, the leaves very long, ovate-
lanceolate, long-acuminate and sharply dentate. Capsules and flowers
not found.

On old logs, Hastings, Burrard Inlet, B.C., April 8th, 1889.
(Macoun.)
Eurhynchium pseudo-serrulatum, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Rhynchostegium serrulatum Canadian Musci. No. 456.

Tufts dark green, faintly glossy, radiculose at the base. Stem ir-
regularly branching or subpinnate ; branches complanate. Leaves
distichous, striate, often larger than in E. serrulatum, chlorophyliose,
ovate or ovate-oblong, minutely denticulate, not or indistinctly de-
current ; cells lanceolate, the lower shorter and more dilated, princi-
pally the alnr ones ; costa thin, reaching above the middle. Stem

23

leaves filiform-pointed or short-acuminate ; branch-leaves with a short,
subulate, sometimes twisted acumen. Capsule arcuate ; lid short-ros-
tellate ; pedicel rough. Monoecious.

Differs from E. serrulatum, principally in the striate, minutely
denticulate leaves, the capsule not rostrate, and the rough pedicel.

On earth in woods at Beechwood, Ottawa; (Macoun.) At Tay
Forks, York Co., N.B.; (J. Moser.) Western Cove, Harbor Deep, and
Seal Cove, Newfoundland, 189 1 ; (Rev. A. C. Waghorne.)

Raphidostegium pseudo-recuPvVans, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Tufts olivaceous, not or faintly glossy. Leaves patent and in-
curved-falcate when dry, ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate, gradually
narrowed to the filiform point, minutely denticulate nearly all around ;
cells linear, the alar not large. Perichetial leaves long-subulate, denti-
culate only at the long, linear point. Capsule obovate ; lid not found ;
pedicel short. Probably dioecious.

On the bases of trees west of Columbia river, and south of the
Railway Bridge at Revelstoke, B.C., May 5th, 1890. (Macoun.)

Hypnum (Drepanium) Alaska, Kindb. (N. sp.)

Stem regularly pinnate, creeping. Stem-leaves small, entire, not
reflexed at the borders, ovate-lanceolate, equally attenuate to a subuli-
form or finally hair-like acumen, shorter than the base ; alar cells in-
flated, very distinct, sometimes yellow, the other cells hyaline.
Dioecious.

Differs from H. callichroum in the creeping stem, etc., from H.
curvifolium also in the smaller leaves. It has the habit of H. hamn-
losum.

24
THE A IK OF OUR HOUSES.

BY FRANK T. SHUTT, M.A., F.I.S., F.C.S., IS! VICE-PRESIDENT.

Delivered December 15th, 1S92.

I have selected this subject, chiefly, for two reasons. First :
although it is one of great importance, and has a vital interest for
every one of us, widespread ignorance prevails regarding the grave
danger to health from continuously breathing impure and vitiated air.
Secondly : because it will form a fitting sequel to the lectures on Water
and Food which I delivered on former occasions before this Club.

In pursuance of the course I adopted in those addresses, I propose
to discuss the subject from the hygienic, as well as from the chemical,
standpoint. My endeavour will be to point out the composition of
pure, normal air ; the nature, sources, and amounts of impurities in
vitiated air ; and the effects of these impurities upon the system.

THE ATMOSPHERE.

The atmosphere that surrounds our earth is composed, chiefly, of two
elements Oxygen and Nitrogen. These ^ases exist in the air, not as
a chemical compound of the two, but in the free and uncombined con-
dition. This can be easily and abundantly proved. I shall content
myself, however, with telling you of a few of the reasons why
air must be considered as a mechanical mixture of its con-
stituents, and not a compound. The ratio, or proportion of the oxygen
to the nitrogen in the air does not correspond tc the ratio existing
between these elements in any of the oxides of nitrogen, which
are true chemical compounds. Neither the relative nor absolute
amounts of the oxygen and nitrogen remain always the same and
constant ; and it is a sine qua non that the ratio between the constituents
of a chemical compound should be invariable. Again, water dissolves
from air both oxygen and nitrogen, but owing to the greater solubility
of the former and the laws of gas absorption, the proportion between
them in the dissolved air is not that existing between them in the
atmosphere. For instance :

25

Air dissolved Atmospheric

in Water. Air.

Oxygen 34-92 20 . 96

Nitrogen 65 . 08 79 . 04

100.00 100.00

Such would not take place if the oxygen and nitrogen were chem-
ically united.

Let me briefly remind you of some of the salient properties of
these elements, and the functions they perform in the atmosphere.

OXYGEN.

Oxygen is known as the " supporter of combustion," since it is
essential for combustion, whether such be accompanied by flame or
not. It is the active element. It is the life-giving or, rather, life-supporting
element. Without it animal life could not exist. In one of our
former lectures we saw the vigour with which it united with many of the
elements, giving out both light and heat, and learnt how, that of the
compounds similarly formed, the rocks and the soil were very largely
composed. Hence, oxygen may be termed the world-building element.

NITROGEN.

Nitrogen is an inert, inactive gas, incapable of supporting life or
combustion. Its function in the atmosphere, as far as respiration is
concerned, appears simply to be for the purpose of diluting the oxygen.
For though oxygen is so necessary and essential for vitality, yet we
could not live long in atmosphere of pure element. Such would
shorten our lives to a very brief period, and we should hourly stand in
jeopardy of an almost universal conflagration.

Roughly speaking, the air consists of one-fifth of oxygen, and four-
fifths of nitrogen, by volume ; but since it has been shown to be a mix-
ture, and not a compound, we should expect to find the relative amounts
of these gases variable. And this is the case, within small limits.
From many hundred analyses of air made in different parts of the
world, the percentage of oxygen in pure, wholesome air varies from
20.989 to 20.949 by volume- The extreme difference, then, amounts

26

to .04 per cent. The maximum amount of oxygen is to be found in
the air on the sea shore and mountain sides.

OTHER CONSTITUENTS OF AIR.

We have said that air conists chiefly of oxygen and nitrogen,
but norma/ air always contains small and variable quantities of
vapor of water, carbonic acid, organic matter, and ammonia
and ozone. Air vitiated by breathing, as we shall see, contains
some of these constituents in excess, while others of its con-
stituents are diminished. In addition to the above it should be
mentioned that in the vicinity of large smelting and chemical works,
certain gases, e.g. Sulphuretted hydrogen, Hydrochloric acid, etc., may
be present, and pollute and poison the air. Owing to the law of the
diffusion of gases, and the prevalence of air currents, there is always
present the tendency to preserve a constant composition of the atmos-
phere, and thus it is that noxious gases cannot accumulate to a dan-
gerous degree, save under extremely artificial circumstances.

THE MOISTURE OF THE AIR.

Moisture or vapor of water, always present in the atmosphere, is
the result of the evaporation of water from the ocean, lakes and rivers,
as well as from the soil and vegetation. Its amount is directly depen-
dant on the temperature. Hot air can hold or absorb more moisture
than cold air. When saturated air is cooled, moisture is deposited, of
which the well known condensation on the outside of a glass of cold
water in summer, is an illustration. Our breath is loaded with moisture,
and hence the determination of the amount of moisture in the air of
a room may sometimes serve as a guide to a correct diagnosis of its
condition. Over the hygrometric state of the atmosphere, of course,
we have no control, though to a certain extent, and especially in winter,
we can regulate the amount of moisture in the air of our houses.

EFFECT OF EXCESS OR DEFICIENCY OF MOISTURE.

It might be well here to note that an excess or deficiency (above or
below the normal amount) exerts a decided action upon the health. An
excess of moisture is more prejudicial than a deficiency, since, in the
first place, it tends to preserve the organic matter, which is one of the

27

chief impurities in vitiated air. It also seriously interrupts or interferes
with the exhalation from the skin and lungs. When excessive moisture
is associated with high temperature, we are cognizant of an oppressive
and sultry feeling, and an enervation of mental and bodily vigour; with
low temperature it is conducive to a damp, penetrating chilliness, which
seems to search us through and through. Coughs, colds and rheu.
matic troubles are common when this state of atmosphere prevails.
When the air is too dry, the mucous membrane of the mouth, pharynx
and nostrils become parched, and the use of the voice impaired or
impossible. A general irritability of the system is a common result of
too dry an atmosphere.

CARBONIC ACID.

Carbonic acid gas, until quite lately, has been regarded not only
as the chief impurity, but as the only impurity of vitiated air, and the
one constituent that it is necessary to determine when examining an
air for hygienic purposes. Important as it is that carbonic acid should
not be allowed to exceed a certain amount in an air we breathe, we
now know also how detrimental organic matter is, and that we must
look upon it as probably the much more dangerous to health of the
two. Carbonic acid is always present in the atmosphere. Over the
sea, on mountains and moors, and in localities far from contaminating
sources, it varies from .03 to .04 per cent, by volume. It is the result
of the union of carbon (or charcoal) with oxygen. It is formed in the
process of combustion, in the respiration of animals, and by decay or
putrefaction of organic matter in the air. The chemistry, as far as the
result is concerned, is precisely the same in all of these. The burning
of wood, coal or other material rich in carbon and hydrogen, is accom-
panied by the development of heat and light. This is what is com-
monly understood as combustion. The products are carbonic acid gas,
and water. By estimating their amounts, the chemist can tell how
much carbon and hydrogen the burnt material contained. And again,
knowing the weights of carbon and hydrogen in a substance, the heat
that will be generated by their combustion can be calculated with ac-
curacy, since in their union with oxygen they always produce for a
known weight a certain amount of heat.

C
RY

28

RESPIRATION.

The process of respiration is really one of combustion, though un-
accompanied by flame. Our food is rich in carbon and hydrogen.
Starch and sugar, fats and albuminoids, of which our food consists, all
contain large amounts of these elements. The blood which receives
the digested food from the alimentary track is pumped from the right
side of the heart into the lungs, where it is passed through countless
small capillary tubes, with extremly thin membranous walls. It is here
that it comes into close contact with the inspired a ; r, the oxygen of which
it absorbs in large quantities. From the lungs it is then passed through
the left side of the heart, and forced into the general circulation of the
body. During its circulation, the absorbed or dissolved oxygen burns
up the food material in the blood, forming carbonic acid and water,
which are discharged chiefly on the reflow of the blood to the lungs
though small quantities escape by way of the skin. The heat generated
in the combustion of this food in the body to carbonic acid and aqueous
vapor, is precisely equal to the amount that would have been produced
if the food material had been burnt in the air ; and it is the heat so
generated that maintains our body temperature.

DECAY AND PUTREFACTION.

Decay and putrefaction have been mentioned as the third source
of carbonic acid gas in the atmosphere. These processes of the disin-
tegration and dissipation ot organic matter, are really of the nature of
slow combustion, usually brought about by the agency of microscopic
plants, known as bacteria. Their products are much the same as
those resulting from the combustion of fuel and of food.

ORGANIC MATTER.

Having now discussed the sources of the carbonic acid in the air,
we must now speak of the organic matter, which is more especially
present as the result of deficient ventilation.

It has already been mentioned that the deleterious character of
badly ventilated rooms is due rather to the organic matter than to the
carbonic acid. It is therefore of great importance that we should learn
somewhat of its origin and effects upon health. Organic matter, and

29

ammonia in small quantities, are from much the same source as the
carbonic acid. Our breath contains comparatively large quantities.
Air fouled by the gases produced by decay, by sewage emanations, by
contact with fifth of all kinds, is loaded with organic matter, largely in
the form of noxious gases, which may contain disease germs, but which,
at all events, is extremely detrimental to health.

The unpleasant odour, and sometimes even taste, experienced on
entering crowded and heated rooms, is due to organic matter in the
atmosphere. The pleasurable sense of relief on going out into the
fresh air from a room, is a sure indication that its air is seriously con-
taminated with organic matter. We should take care that we do not
habituate ourselves to unpleasant odours of this kind. The constant
smell of food in the house should be avoided, or rather prevented.
Dust should not be allowed to accumulate in carpets ; worn clothing
should be thoroughly aired before putting away, and above all, defec-
tive drainage should at once be made perfect

AIR VITIATED BY RESPIRATION.

Let us now briefly recapitulate those points, in which expired air
differs from that of the atmosphere.

i. Its oxygen is largely reduced. By respiration between 4.5%
and 5.0% of oxygen is removed for the combustion of the food material
in the blood.

2. It contains a considerable amount of organic matter of a par-
ticularly deleterious character. From the lungs alone about 3 grains are
thrown off daily, and to this must be added the variable amount from
the exhalations of the skin.

3. The carbonic acid is largely increased. While fresh air contains
about 4 volumes of carbonic acid per 1 0,00c, expired air contains
between 400 and 450 volumes in the same quantity. This tremendous
increase is easily understood when we remember that the individual
breathes about 18 times per minute, and at each respiration produces
nearly 1 yk cubic inches of carbonic acid. This amounts to yi cubic
feet per hour, or at least 16 cubic feet in the 24 hours a quantity
equal to that produced by the burning of 7^ oz. to 8 oz. of carbon.

4. The amount of aqueous vapor is augmented, for, as we have

30

already seen, expired air is saturated, or nearly so, with moisture. The
quantity thrown off from the lungs daily is subject to variation, but is
usually between 9 and 10 ounces.

EFFECTS OF VITIATED AIR ON HEALTH.

I have already pointed out that vitiated air, and more particularly
air that has received largely the products of respiration, is extremely
deleterious to health. But I would now emphasize the insidious
character of these impurities, how they gradually undermine the health
and how easy it is for us to habituate ourselves to a morbid condition
of the air we breathe. Fainting fits, giddiness, nausea, and headache
are recognized as the immediate results of breathing the air of badly
ventilated halls and rooms, but it is not so widely known that indiges-
tion, diarrhoea, and impaired and feeble condition of the system a
general lowering of the bodily and mental vigour are often caused by
the continuous breathing of vitiated air. Those who through careless-
ness, or apparent necessity of circumstances, live and work in a con-
fined atmosphere, run a great risk, for apart from immediate evil results,
they are not in a condition to resist attacks of zymotic diseases.
Further, statistics clearly prove that the death rate of those living and
working in an impure atmosphere (e.g*. certain factories, mines, crowded
tenement houses, etc.), is much higher than amongst those whose more
fortunate lot allows them to live and work in a purer air.

VENTILATION.

For private dwellings no cheap and efficient system of artificial
ventilation has as yet been invented. For public halls, schools, hos-
pitals, and the like, however, there are now systems by which the air
may be kept perfectly wholesome without creating a draft, either in
summer or winter, and at the proper degree of temperature and mois-
ture. What we might call public ventilation should now become a
matter for legislation. Our public schools, halis of assembly, and all
confined, spaces, where large numbers of people congregate, should all
be provided with the requisite means for constantly renewing the air.
As private individuals, we have to be thankful that the materials of
which our houses are constructed and more especially brick and
plaster are porous, allowing a constant interchange of the air
within with that outside. We should take care to increase this

31

interchange as much as possjble by such means as are available.
Draughts from open doors and windows are certainly to be avoided,
but they may be overcome by judiciously placed screens and numerous
other devices for distributing the current of fresh air. One such that
answers admirably for the bedroom in winter is to raise the lower sash
of the window, allowing it to rest on a piece of board some three inches
high, and which fits snugly into the window frame. The air will now enter
in a broad stream between the upper and lower sashes, and the sliding
pane of the storm sash can be left open, as a rule, without fear of a draft.
I might add here, that it is extremely important for the air of a
bedroom to be pure and fresh, and the temperature of a room should
be such as to allow the above, or some similar, method of ventilation
to be practised throughout the winter. A grate fire is perhaps the
very best means of assisting ventilation for private houses. If its
function were only that of keeping the air of the room pure it could not
be too strongly recommended, for it compels fresh air to enter by doors
and windows, and by its strong draught' continuously renovates the
atmosphere. Looked at as a source of heat, it may be considered
extravagant, but is certainly the most healthful, as well as the most
pleasant and attractive of all our modes of heating. The windows
should be opened for ten minutes first thing in the morning, and the
whole air of the house renewed. Even on the coldest day, this will
be found economical as regards fuel, as well as invigorating.

TEMPERATURE OF THE HOUSE.

One word may be said here regarding the temperature of our
houses in winter, since it is a matter closely related to ventilation.
It is more healthy to have the air of our bedrooms too cold than too
hot, and the same remark refers, though not with equal force, to the
rest of the house. I feel sure that many diseases of the lungs and
throat are the result of going out of our over heated houses into the severe
cold. The difference in temperature is enormous, and the system is
in the worst possible condition to withstand the shock.

And now that I am about to conclude my lecture and these sug-
gestions, which if put into practice may mean better health for many of
us, let me urge upon every householder the necessity of knowing that

32

the drains are properly trapped, and in good working order. No ex-
pense should be spared, if health is a matter of importance, in preventing
the possibility of sewer gas entering the house. Then again, cellars
should be drained, dry and well ventilated. Refuse and garbage should
not be allowed to accumulate in or about the house. Perhaps the best
means of disposing, in the city house, of vegetable refuse and general
kitchen scraps is the cooking stove. From a sanitary standpoint it has
not its equal.

In the matter of ventilation, as in everything else, we should use
our common sense. We all have some powers of observation, we can
all study cause and effect, even if we do not understand fully the
chemistry that underlies it all. Let us see to it as a people both in
town and country that in this matter of fresh air we do not err in the
future as we have done in the past. We have learnt the origin and
detrimental effects of foul and vitiated air ; let us not from carelessness
or wilful neglect refuse to take necessary means to provide our houses
with fresh pure air.

-:o:-

EXCURSION No. I. To LA PECHE.

The Excursion Committee has made the necessary arrangements
for the first excursion of the season. The date selected is Saturday,
May 27th, and the locality to be visited is that known as La Peche, or
Wakefield, a most picturesque and attractive resort. The party will
leave the C. P. R. Union Station at 9.45 a.m. by the Gatineau Valley
Railway. Before returning the Leaders in the several sections of the
Club's work will make the usual brief addresses on the results of the
Outing. Bring your friends and any persons whom you know to be
interested in Natural History.

Tickets, Members 50 cents.

" Non-Members 60 "

" Children of Members 25

ci
" of Non-Members

Tickets can be obtained at the Station. A)*^.^

*4 . ^-^ vv^

^ I L II R A R Y

1

33

'^(LIBRARY) ai|

MY AQUARIUM.

BY H. B. SMALL.

(Read March 2nd, 1893.)

In a work that I published on " The Fresh Water Fish of Canada,"
I quoted on the title page, the following passage from W. Scrope, a
writer in the early part of the century, where he says : " I like the
society of fish, and as they cannot with any convenience to themselves
visit me on dry land, it becomes me in a point of courtesy to pay my
respects to them in their native element." Quaintly as he expressed it,
it forshadowed the study of their habits. Now Nature opposes certain
obvious obstacles to the pursuit of knowledge in the water, which
renders it difficult for the ardent naturalist, however much he may be
so disposed, to carry on his observations with the same facility as in the
case of birds and mammals. Still, by observation here and experi-
ment there, watching through a sheet of plate glass, naturalists manage
to piece together a considerable mass of curious and interesting informa-
tion of an out of the way sort, about the domestic habits and manners
of sundry members of the finny tribe. To the eye of the mere casual
observer, every fish would seem at first sight to be a mere fish, and to
differ but little from all the rest of his kind. But when one comes to
look closer into their ways, one finds fish are in reality as various and.
as variable in their modes of life, as any other great group in the animal
kingdom. Concealed under stones in babbling brooks, hiding in the
grassy margin of purling streams, buried in the depths of silent ponds,
roaming in the submerged forests of aquatic vegetation, is a multiplicity
of animal life that may profitably be made a study, and to thoroughly
explain which would require a lifetime.

In 1850, Mr. Robert Warrington addressed to the Chemical
Society of London, a series of observations on the fact announced by
Ingraham in 1778, that plants immersed in water when exposed to the
action of light, emit oxygen, and the consequent necessity of their
presence for the preservation of animal life. He reported placing two
small gold-fish in a glass, having first planted in sand and earth at the
bottom, a small plant of valisneria. The latter, as the leaves decayed,

34

fouled the water, and to remedy this he tried die introduction of a few
snails, which, feeding on decaying matter, quickly restored purity and
clearness to the water. In 1852, he experimented with sea-water and
its occupants, with equal success. To Mr. Grosse, however, the well-
known naturalist, may be attributed the popularity of the Aquarium
which is certainly the purest of all household recreations. His first
work on the subject, somewhere about the year 1855, was read with
avidity, and although the London " Punch." levelled its keenest wij.
.md satire against the new mania, and pointed to all the mishaps which
might befall housekeepers by the breaking of the Aquarium and the
consequent deluging of carpets, the passion for aquaria grew, and in
1857 they may be said to have been formally established in England.
In that year, one of the quarterly Reviews remarked that the making
and stocking of these had created a new and important branch in com-
mercial industry. In 1856, Barnum introduced into New York the
first of what he styled -"Ocean and River Gardens," and a few
months afterwards they were for sale of all sorts and sizes, for private
use. Before that, the glass globe for gold-fish was the only represent-
ative of the new apparatus. In keeping an Aquarium, very little is
wanted besides the tank itself. It is well to have an india-rubber tube
or a syphon for drawing off the water when necessary ; a wooden forceps
for removing any object, and a sponge stick for cleaning the glass,
together with a small fine-meshed hand net for handling any of the
inmates if need be.

Some years ago, when residing in New York State, I was
attached to one of the Military Colleges affiliated with West Point ; and
one of the first things that I did to engage the interests of the Cadets
under my charge, was to turn their minds, during leisure hours, to the
study of Natural History.

As I was at that time making collections of all kinds, I enlisted
them in the work of procuring specimens, and I organized, on our
Saturday holiday, field parties among the woods and mountains in the
vicinity of the College, along the Hudson River. This was just at the
time when Aquaria were in vogue, and I took advantage of the first
visit that I paid to New York, to purchase an Aquarium for my own
private use, which 1 kept in my quarters, open to the inspection of all

35

who wished to see it. This was over thirty years ago, and that I still
have the Aquarium in almost as good condition as when I purchased
it, is, I think, sufficient evidence that it was well adapted for its pur-
pose. It is a comparatively small one, being only fifteen by nine
inches. I think I may say it has done its full share in the way of
attracting attention to " Life below the water." The first great difficulty
I had to contend with was the multiplicity of objects that were brought
to me for it by my cadets.

You would be astonished if I were to give you all the varied sug-
gestions that were made respecting what should constitute the floor of
the tank, some recommending small pebbles, others, gravel or sand,
till finally a compromise was effected to tn*e satisfaction of all, by giving
each of the proposed materials its own place. Experience afterwards
showed that a little clean river sand is the safest ground work for all
purposes. Then there was the natural inquisitiveness of boyhood to
combat. Whilst the novelty was at its height, the inmates were subjected
to all sorts of ordeals, such as poking up with a stick, to see if they
were lively ; and a continual desire was evinced to handle them. Over-
feeding was one of the most trying evils to contend against, for the
superfluity of bread and meat supplied, in all good intent, for the use of
the inmates, had a tendency to sour and discolor the water, and to create>
when overdoses were administered, a fermentation by no means conducive
to vitality. However, for the sake of encouraging research and creating
amongst the cadets an interest in my Aquarium, I would naturally put
up with all these little inconveniences, removing as soon as possible
when left to myself, all extraneous matters from the water, and by
frequent use of the siphon withdrawing the disturbed contents to be
replaced with fresh, healthy, spring water, In a very little time the
Aquarium ceased to be a wonder and became an object of interest, and
so my point was gained.

I well remember its first inmate, which was the larva of a Dragon-fly,
the various stages of whose subaqueous life were of continual .interest,
and great was the astonishment one day, when only an empty case was
found attached to the stalk of the water weeds, its inmate having taken
to itself wings and disappeared. The locality afforded a splendid field
for collecting, as the Croton River emptied into the Hudson within a

36

mile or two of the College. Rockland Lake and Haverstraw Bay were
on the opposite shore, whilst in the hills back of us were numerous
ponds and streams abounding with life. Near the mouth of the Croton
River lay the old Van Cortland Manor House, on the lawn of which
was a fish-pond, constructed by some of the early Dutch occupants and
well stocked with gold-fish. During a heavy freshet one spring, some
years previous to the time I am talking of, the banks of this pond gave
way, discharging its waters and its contents into the Croton River. As
a consequence of this, the gold-fish took up their quarters in the Croton
and Hudson Rivers, and it was no unusual thing when the fishermen
were drawing their seines in this vicinity, for a number of gold-fish to be
among the fish taken. These were generally thrown back, but anyone
on hand at the time could always procure what he wanted and I, at
various times, picked out such as I chose. These fish had also from
time to time been taken by boys to various ponds in the hills, so that
there is no lack of gold-fish in the waters of West Chester County. I
may here mention, that further up the Hudson River a similar fish-pond
years ago gave way, well stocked with the European Carp that had been
brought from Holland. These have also taken to the Hudson River
and are from time to time netted there. Being of the same family, they
have crossed with the gold-fish in breeding, and the result is that a
mottled fish is frequently to be seen, some of which bear very little of
the distinctive red that marks the gold-fish proper. I have seen the
latter in the lagoons along the railway in that vicinity, eight or nine
inches long, and although it may seem scarcely credible, I have seen
them lying in shoals near the surface of the water on a bright sunny
day, in such abundance that the surface appeared to assume where they
were, a red tinge.

The Hudson River is famous for its eels, and small specimens of
these were occasionally brought to me. A scoop-net, drawn through the
liquid mud in any of the tide-water pools along the river margin
generally brought up more or less small eels, so that a good selection
could be made of the size best adapted for observation. From the
experience I gained with them, I would never recommend more than
me small eel being placed in an aquarium, as two which I first intro-
duced took up their respective quarters at either end of the tank, and

37

were perpetually doing battle like knights of old, charging on each other
most furiously, with the final result one morning of my finding both
dead on the surface of the water, one of them having half swallowed
the other, but the latter in the operation choked his conqueror, with
the result mentioned. A subsequent specimen of mine was in the
habit of secreting himself between two stones, with part of his body only
exposed, as if watching everything. There is apparently much of the
snake in their habits, and the same timidity exists in each. The least
noise disturbs their equanimity and thunder seeme] particularly to affect
my specimen. Although he occasionally moved round in the daytime,
night was the time for his activity, and the artificial light of a room
seemed in no way to interfere with his apparent recognition of time.
One eel at a time affords ample opportunities for studying the habits of
that family.

One of the most interesting fish to watch, is the cat-fish, which I
am seldom without, but it must be: kept well fed, and even then the fins
and tails of the other fish hear evidence of its attacks upon them It is
astonishing what an amount of food a cat-fish will swallow. You can
watch his stomach swelling out to such an extent that it' presents the
appearance of a fowl's crop when fed to repletion. After he has
thoroughly bloated himself out, he generally settles down, under or beside
a stone, and lies there in a sort of comatose state for some time, closely
resembling in this the serpent family. As soon as the effects of his
meal have passed off, he becomes one of the most restless of the
occupants of the aquarium, and swims backward and forward and up
and down, incessantly, as if calling attention to his wants. I have not
the slightest doubt that, after a time, fish know intuitively to a certain
extent, when feeding time comes and the party that feeds them. I think'
that cat-fish are affected by, and feel coming changes of weather, but
one cannot deduce conclusions from observations taken in a room where
the temperature is probably uniform, as compared with the natural
temperature out of doors.

Sticklebacks I have had in abundance, but more' than two at a time
become a nuisance. It is a perpetual warfare all round, especially if
the males predominate. They, together with sun-fish, are, probably the
most pugnacious of all fish, showing hostility even to my finger when

38

held towards them under water, their fins and spines bristling up like
the hairs on a bull-dog's neck, when excited. They snap at everything,
and it is impossible to keep any larva; in an aquarium any length of time
if these fish are joint occupants. I have read of sticklebacks building
their nests and breeding among the weeds in an aquarium, but I never
witnessed any operation of this kind myself, as I frequently changed
my tenants for the sake of watching the habits of the different kinds of
fish from time to time brought to me, with the exception of the gold-fish,
which I have always retained.

Bass, I find to be for the most part, nocturnal in their habits,
lying comparatively still the greater part of the day. Like the sun-fish,
they are very tenacious of the spot they select, which they occasionally
sail quietly round and round as if guarding, and woe to the unwary fish
who may venture to settle down in the quarters they have chosen. The
small brook sucker, I have kept and watched with a great deal of
interest. They are usetul scavengers, cleaning up, by suction, everything
they come in contact with at the bottom, rolling it over their palate,
swallowing whatever suits their taste, and thus disposing of a good deal
of refuse matter which otherwise gives considerable trouble in getting
rid of. These fish are, however, of what I might style, too delicate a
constitution to be recommended as permanent occupants, Accustomed
as they are to running water, and evidently given to roaming in streams,
they seemed to suffer when pent up in a small space and except for
temporary observation, I would not recommend their introduction into
any private aquarium. Crayfish, in the same way, are very unsatis-
factory occupants, and I never was able to keep one alive for any length
of time.

One of the most interesting fish that I ever had in my aquarium
was a small gar-pike, which was caught in a scoop net at the foot of the
jocks here in Ottawa and brought to me. This fish lived for several
weeks, and after his death I placed him in spirits, where he still exists,
He was most unsociable, turning his back upon all other fish that
approached him, accepting the apparent overtures of none. The only
surviving remnant of the fossil bony-scaled Ganoids of the Devonian
rocks and belonging to the Mesozoic period, his pedigree probably
caused him to look down on the finny tribe of the present age as his

'LI &RAF

39

inferiors. Hugh Miller, speaking of the fiving representatives of these
fossil fish, says : " They seem to have been spared amid the wreck of
genera and species to serve as a key by which to unlock the marvels of
icthyology of those remote periods of geological history appropriated to
the dynasty offish." I am inclined to think that my specimen scorned
the ordinary food of the other fish, and died from inanition, as I never
could induce him, while I was watching, to approach while they were
feeding, and if he did satisfy himself at all, it must have been under
cover of darkness. However, as he did not appear emaciated at his
death, he may have subsisted on animalcule in the fre.-.h water from
time to time supplied. The ordinary pike and doree I never attempted
to keep, and it is almost needless for me to say that brook trout will not
live in any ordinary aquarium. The "Shiner" is also too delicate for
general keeping and requires highly aerated water.

I have had almost all kinds of small fry, known as " minnows," in
my aquarium, - consisting of young chub, dace and minnows. They are
very lively and become in a short time accustomed to their confined
quarters, but from their delicate formation I would never recommend
them as permanent inmates. There is one exception, however ; that
is the barred, or black minnow, which is very hardy and a very amusing
fish to watch. Sometimes motionless on the bottom, as if wrapped in
deep meditation ; at other times balancing himself in the water, he keeps
up a continual flapping of his ventral fins, working them like a fly-wheel,
with apparently no other object than exercise. At other times, he darts
about from side to side, and if more than one of these minnows are
occupants they seem to exchange ideas, as the rest of his own species sail
about conjointly with him.

Moving about, as I have done, from place to place, my Aquarium
occupying the safest place in my baggage and being the first thing
attended to after unpacking, I have had opportunities of stocking it
from various waters, and when I went to reside for a short time at
Buckingham I obtained one day, when fishing in a little trout stream,
back of the village, a small specimen ot the Bull-head, one of the very
few that I have ever taken. He was carefully consigned to my Aquarium
but only lived a few days, owing probably, to his transfer from the clear,
crystal waters of that running stream to the narrow compass of

40

still water, to which he was unaccustomed He lay all the time
ensconced between two small stones, hiding himself as closely as
possible from observation, refusing food, and evidently sulking as wild '
animals do when first placed in confinement. The enormous size of
his mouth as compared with his other dimensions, gave evidence of the
capacity of these fish for disposing of a large meal at a time, but I never
had the satisfaction of witnessing the operation of feeding, and I fancy
from the retiring habits of the " bull-head " family, very little is really
known about them.

Now leaving fish, I must dwell tor a minute or two, on the
amphibious denizens of the Aquarium. The Water Newt, Eft, and
Triton, familiarly known as Lizards, although as repulsive as snakes to
some people, afford much interest and amusement. I must confess I
have never been fond of them, as I have a great aversion, inborn I
suppose, to both lizards and snakes, but I have had Tritons in my
Aquarium, as the cadets I spoke of, frequently brought them to me.
The Triton is by no means shy, and is really grotesque in his move-
ments, lying sometimes midway between the bottom and the surface,
with all his legs spread out at right angles. At other times he suspends
himself in the water, moving his feet up and down as a bather treads
water, then darting frantically about with great rapidity. Occasionally
he sits erect on the bottom of the aquarium, on his hind legs with his
fore paws bent forward, like a dog begging. This position the Triton
will keep for some time. He is also fond of resting on any portion of
rock projecting out of the water, but if he can by any possibility climb
to the edge of the aquarium, that is the last of him, as he is evidently
of a roving disposition, and in search of tfie nearest road to liberty he
is very apt to be crushed out of existence under foot.

The Tadpoles that were brought to me in every stage of growth,
were, as the auctioneer says : " Too numerous to mention." I occasion-
ally, to please the bringer, kept one or two for a short time, or till such
period as their tails dropped off, at which stage of theirjexistence, if I had
not treated them myself to freedom, they would have gained it for
themselves, as a frog in a state of maturity can only be kept in bounds
by a fine wire grating laid over the aquarium, without which it is futile
to keep them for observation. The tadpole, owing to the imperfection

41

of its gills has to frequently rise to the surface with a rapid zig-zag
motion, something like an unsteady kite in the air. The process of
* change in these animals is very curious. The hind legs are the first to
appear, and there is an interval, ranging from one to three weeks, before
the fore legs push through the skin. Then the metamorphosis is rapid,
the tail is absorbed and the final state of frog-hood is reached.

Among the respective inmates of the Aquarium, which were brought
to me, was a small Turtle, about the size of a silver dollar, for whose
benefit a small fragment of rock, projecting a little above the surface of
the water, was provided, on which this animal delighted to sun himself
whenever there was a chance, but at the slamming of a door, or even
at the vibration caused by walking scross the floor he would immediately
slide off the rock, and swim violently about for a few minutes. He was
not one of the "snapping" order, but black, with red marks on the
under part of his shell. Turtles seem to be very susceptible to sound,
and, apart from noticing ordinary noises as above mentioned, he had a
habit of constantly turning his head from side to side as if listening.
He was very ravenous, the food I gave him consisting of earth worms,
and small pieces of raw meat. These he would hold with his fore paws
while he palled at them and occasionally shook them, much in the same
way as a terrier does a rat. His end was like that of all pets. He
contrived one night to creep out of the aquarium, got on the floor and
was crushed by the heavy tread of a human foot.

Another inmate, whose movements I watched with great interest,
was a leech ; not one of the kind used by doctors, but that known as a
' horse leech." 1 he movements of this creature were very interesting.
Fastening himself on the side of the glass, he would swing
his body backwards and forwards, elongating and contracting it by
turns, in every direction, as if looking out tor something, and when
finally satisfied that there was nothing within reach, he would slide
himself along the glass the length of his body when extended, and then
again go through the same proceeding. I would not, however, recom-
mend the introduction of leeches into ordinary aquaria, as the fish
therein are sure to suffer from their attacks. These, however, seem to
be made under cover of darkness, for I never saw my leech attack any

42

of my fish, though the death of some of them while he was an inmate, I
attributed to his work.

A very interesting class of occupants are the so-called Fresh Water
Snails, among which I have always preferred Planorbis, whose shell
reminds one of the fossil ammonite, Paludina, or marsh agate shell,
Limnrea, and Physa. These are all and each a study in themselves.
Seen only in their native state they would seem to possess few points of
attraction, but when under observation they are very different. The
species of Physa and Limnaea have a curious habit of floating on the
surface with shell downwards, propelling themselves by a wavy motion
of the wing-like apparatus that encircles their body. They all multiply
rapidly, attaching their eggs by a transparent substance to the glass, or
to stems of plants, but the voracity of their co-occupants, fish seldom
allows them to come to maturity, so fhat there is an alarming table of
infant mortality amongst these shell-fish. The utility of these as
agents in keeping down the green growth of confervas in an aquarium is
great and the way in which they clean the glass is most interes'.ing.
The occupant of the shell puts forth his proboscis, turning it apparently
inside out as we do a stocking, until the silky surface, which is the
tongue, comes in contact with the glass. It then makes a sweep, like a
mower's scythe, taking up into a swath all the confervas on
that spot. The proboscis enfolds this, and the tongue takes upon it all
the vegetation which it has collected and disappears in the animal's
interior. A forward movement is then made and another portion of
the glass is swept clean by the same process, so that the track of the
snails upon the glass may be traced as distinctly as that of a mower, by
his swath along a meadow. Although I have had what are known as
" fresh-water clams," that is the Unios and the Anodons, as occupants,
they are unsatisfactory, and if a person wishes to study their habits, I
think they ought to have a receptacle for themselves. They require a
muddy bottom in which to move, and their habits are so distinct and
different from those of everything else that they would need segregation
from other occupants.

Water Beetles are another interesting branch of life under water,
but the larger ones are too voracious to be kept any length of time. I
introduced the large Horny-cased, Black Water-Beetles (species of

43

Dytiscus), into my aquarium several times, but I found that they were
given to roam by night ; rising to the surface they would unfold the
gauzy wings encased under the horny covering and take flight from the
water, and would be found next morning somewhere about the room if
there was no outlet, or attention would be called to their escape, from
their flying about the room like a small bat. I may state here that it is
not unusual to find these insects on our sidewalks at the foot of an
electric light pole, to which they seem attracted by the glare. There is
another Beetle (a species of Acilius) with a bronze casing, which is an
interesting object, from its rapid motion and apparent game of hide and
seek from stone to stone.

A few years ago, a specimen of Menobranchus, that curious batrachian
with gills and breathing tubes protruding therefrom, was offered to me
by a boy who had caught it whilst fishing in our Rideau Canal. Repul-
sive looking as these creatures are, I would have liked to have studied
his habits, but the reptile had been so bruised that it was too far gone
to make use of, and I have never since had an opportunity of obtaining
one. These animals are numerous in the waters of the Ottawa, and are
not unfrequently taken by persons bait-fishing. I have seen specimens in
one or two windows in town here, but the pent up waters of an aquarium
seem scarcely healthy enough for them, as I noticed their place was
very soon empty.

I believe that it remains an open question as to what senses are
possessed by Fish, apart from that of sight. There is every reason to
believe that they possess the faculty of smell, for it is no uncommon
thing when fishing to notice their manner of swimming round and about
the bait that is used, bringing their heads in contact with it, even
pushing it, which to my mind is evidence of their using their olfactory
organs to help them thereby to ascertain the quality of the bait. Again,
many fishermen use oil of aniseed and other essences on their bait, which
they affirm have the property of attracting fish, and I myself have many a
time noticed a fish after dallying with the apparently tempting looking
bait and moving it with its snout, finally turn away as if in disgust. Sir
Humphry Davy says he thinks the principal use of nostrils in fish is to
assist the propulsion of water through their gills, but he thinks also there
are some nerves in these organs which give a sense of the qualities of

44

the water or of substances dissolved in, or diffused through it, similiar to
our sense of smell.

With regard to hearing, it is very difficult to arrive at any conclu-
sion, for what may be attributed in them to the sense of hearing is, in
most cases, if not all, attributable to vibration. A sudden slam of the
door, a clap of thunder, or a stamping on the floor will start into violent
movement a fish lying perfectly still. I remember as a boy, standing by
a fish pond, belonging to my father, (at which, by the way, before the
days of aquaria, I picked up a good deal of knowledge on the habits of
fish,) watching a shoal of roach sunning themselves on the surface. A
dark cloud was speedily approaching, from which suddenly burst out a
bright flash of lightning without in the least disconcerting the fish, but
the instant the thunder sounded, they dissappeared with a dive down-
wards, scattering in all directions, and I am very much inclined to the
opinion that it is vibration or percussion alone that supplies to them
what with us we attribute to hearing. Those who had the pleasure of
listening to Dr. Powell's recent lecture on " Sound ", will remember that
his explanation of hearing was, that it is to a great extent, based on sound
vibrations conveyed through our organs of hearing, to the brain.

The vision of Fish is peculiarly acute. This is known to all fisher-
men, who, on a sunshiny day carefully avoid letting their shadow, or
even the shadow of their rod fall upon the water. I have seen trout
dart from cover to seize a bait floating midway down the stream and
before they had reached it suddenly turn back, deterred from their
object, either by a shadow cast on the water, or by a sight of a man on
the bank. When a strange fish is put into an aquarium, he at first
avoids showing himself in the open when an observer is by, but when
he becomes accustomed to frequent visits he seems to have no objection
to a stranger and swims about unconcernedly.

Fish exhibit an inquisitive turn of mind. If a new pebble is
dropped into an aquarium they watch it from a distance, evidently with
great curiosity. After a while they will swim around it at a respectable
distance, till one of them, bolder than the others, makes a dash at it>
immediately rejoining his fellows. Then one or two will swim round
and round it, gradually approaching nearer to it, till finally they come
in contact with it ami, when satisfied that it is an object of no harm,

LI9RA

45 X^^.* 3

they then pass and repass it without any further apparent notice. Again
when fresh plants are placed in an aquarium, they will swim in and out
of them in every direction as if to satisfy themselves that they are
really plants. Another curious thing that I have noticed is that, when
fresh clean sand is deposited in one spot, they are very fond of balancing
themselves over it in an almost perpendicular position, drawing in, by
suction, a mouthful of it, which they convey to another spot and there
deposit it, carrying on this operation till quite a quantity of the sand
has been removed. This apparently curious habit I attribute to their
propensity for preparing in their natural condition, a fitting repository
for their spawn.

Whether Fish have taste or not, is I think past our comprehension
but I am inclined to the idea that they have for we all know that when
one bait fails to attract, another will often prove attractive, and the only
reason one can naturally assign for that is that it is one more suited to
their taste.

I should like to say something about the diseases to which Fish,
pent up in acquaria seem subject, but although I have suffered from
time to time by apparent epidemics, I am not able to pronounce any
deductions from these losses. Only this winter I record the loss, one
after another, of some 12 or 14 minnows which I obtained in October
last, and which remained thoroughly strong and lively till the early part
of January, when they commenced to sicken and die two or three a day
till the whole disappeared. The water was regularly changed and they
were properly fed, but some evident epidemic had taken possession of
the shoal, as happens among the human race. The symptoms were an
apparent enlargement of the head, with protrusion of the gills, and loss
of color in the tail end of the body. The air bladder was evidently
affected as they first kept on the surface, then lost their power of bal-
ancing themselves and within twenty-four hours, died. Two small
minnows which have occupied the aquarium since the previous winter
escaped, and are still alive.

I have noticed that in a majority of the deaths amongst my Goldfish,
a peculiar fungus-like growth covers the gills, sometimes both, sometimes
only one gill. This seems to come on in the last stage as it does not
show when they first sicken. The ear\y symptoms are violent restless.

46

ness, darting to and fro, even knocking their heads against the glass as
if delirious ; then loss of balance, the air bladder loses its power and the
victim lies on its side with the tail bent downwards as if contracted by
spasm, sometimes for two or three days. I have tried everything ;
change into warm water ; change into very cold water, and I once tried
the effects of bread crumbs soaked in wine (a remedy used in Germany
to revive carp when transported for long distances) but all to no effect
and I have now come to the conclusion that man cannot prescribe for
the denizens of the water, the conditions of life being with them so
utterly different from other animal life. The apparent attack of an
epidemic amongst fish, which is known to take place in their natural
habitats, is only part of that law of nature which subjects life of every
desciiptio'n to attacks upon it.

Goldfish are naturally long lived and I have had specimens for ten
years at a time, in perfect health. The limited space of an aquarium
seems to dwarf their growth and size, as they certainly do not attain
to their full proportions half as rapidly as in open waters. Catfish,
when grown too large for their quarters, I have frequently taken to the
nearest stream and they swim off as unconcerned as if always accustomed
to liberty. An aquarium owner soon comes to regard its inmates
like all other pets, and it may be said in their favour that they do not
require anything like the attendance needed for other living pets. The
loss of them is in certain cases more difficult to replace as you cannot
always obtain, at the time, a specimen of the kind perhaps most wanted.

There has been great discussion as to the best aspect in which to
place an Aquarium, and opinions are varied, but the conclusion I have
arrived at is, that a northern aspect is desirable, a southern aspect is
worst, and the western nearly as bad, as the sunlight falling on it materially
assists the green coating caused by the growth of confervas on the glass.
The bottom, which ought to be, if possible, of slate, should be covered
with small pebbles or fine gravel about an inch in depth, leaving a small
patch for clean sand. Earth is not required, as 'water plants mostly grow
floating. A few pretty stones or a little rock-work should be added with
a part of the latter projecting above the water for the purposes already
alluded to, especially if fish only are to be kept, as the latter delight in
loitering in the friendly shade of a rock. Besides the pleasing appear-

47

ance afforded by water plants, the purpose of vegetation is to decompose
the carbonic acid gas thrown off by animals, the carbon being absorbed
into the substance of plants, and the oxygen set free for animal life. Even
a growth of confervas, unsightly as it is, is conducive to this. In a large
Aquarium, a lily may be introduced, planted in a shell or small pot, hidden
by weeds, but any plant that grows above the water is apt to aid any
creeping animal to effect his escape. The whorled millfoil is one of th e
best plants for general use as it prefers still water, and I have succeeded,
by inserting it late in the fall, in keeping it through the winter in suffi-
cient quantity to answer all purposes. The goldfish and others of the
Carp family, nibble at it, and it is probably as essential to their welfare
as vegetables are to man. Valisneria is a clean, sightly plant and
answers well as an air provider, besides being one of the few plants
which afford a microscopic view of the circulation of the sap in the
leaves.

There is a pleasure in connection with keeping an Aquarium, that
to a lover of Nature, adds materially to the charm that attends the
observation of its inmates, and that is the rambles made to collect
various specimens of aquatic life. The keen lookout for water snails
amongst the vegetable growth at the bottom or on the surface of some
stagnant pool, and the eagerness to get the little scoop net over one,
perhaps just out of reach, affords a pleasure, equal to, if not surpassing
that felt by the sportsman beating the bush for game, or the fisherman
eagerly watching his bait. The health-giving stroll along the bank of
some tiny streamlet, on the lookout for minnows or larvae or any of the
varied inmates of its waters, is far different from the monotonous con-
stitutional, along the dusty highway, of the man who has never read a
page out of Nature's book of life. The most important principle, per-
haps, in life, is to have a pursuit, a useful one if possible, and at all
events an innocent one. The scenes you enjoy, the contemplation to
which they lead and the exercise attendant on specimen collecting are
salutary to the body as they are to the mind. I always find a peculiar
effect in such outings ; they carry me back to early times and feelings,
and create afresh the hopes and happiness of youthful days. Could we
all recover anything like that freshness of mind possessed in youth,
which, like the dew of morning covered all objects, and in which they

48

were more beautiful than even in midday sunshine, what would we not
give ? Rambles with an object go far to bring back the spring of early
life.

In conclusion, I will quote the words of Sidney Hibbard, in an
Article on the subject of this evening. He says :

"The Aquarium introduces us to new scenes, hitherto hidden from
our view, and makes us acquainted with the economy of creatures of
whose very existence, many of us, not altogether unlearned in the his-
tory of the world, were previously ignorant. Their habits of feeding,
moving, and burrowing, their battles, their change of form, the display
of even a strange intelligence working its way by wonderful means to
wonderful ends, impress the observer with the idea of the boundlessness,
the variety, the adaptations and resources of a world brimming with life,
in all manner of strange forms and developments. Here we see them
equipped and armed for battle against each other, the strong destroying
the weak, yet each contributing its part to the preservation of the whole,
just as in all other departments of Nature, the great balance of perfection
is sustained by incessant and intestine war ; the struggles of opposing
elements and powers and beings, all working mysteriously in a manner
independent of isolated circumstances, Nature, the prodigal mother,
setting no value upon individuals, but regarding tribes and races as
paramount, the whole seeming confusion tending to one end ; the revo-
lution of the mighty wheel on which the creatures are painted as signs
and in which ages are but minutes in a revolution which itself is eternity.
In the midst of all, everlasting Wisdom watching, loving and sustaining;
happy we to get some glimpses of His method of working through the
medium of the strange creatures which leave the mysterious deep to
throw a new radiance on our homes."

#C*0\

49

"THE BIRDS OF MONTREAL."

We are pleased to notice the promised publication of a new work

on local ornithology under the above title. The author, Mr. Ernest I).

Wintle, is an Associate Member of the American Ornithologists' Union,

and has devoted ten years of special study to the bird life of his district,

the results of which, with the records of previous observers, ought to

furnish materials for a pretty full list as well as many interesting facts of

life history. The author promises 251 species and sub-species. The

work is to be descriptive and illustrated ; and, treating of a district

whose bird-life is in most respects similar to that of Ottawa, will no

doubt furnish a convenient and useful hand book to the students of

Ornithology among the members of the Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club.

It is with pleasure we add that Mr. Wintle himself is one of our

members. A. G. K.

:o:

EXPERIMENTAL FARMS.

The Annual Report of the Government Experimental Farms,
recently issued, is of special interest to us as the Central Farm is located
at Ottawa and its officers are active members of the Field-Naturalists'
Club. The Reports consist in all of 289 pages. In the first 54 the
Director, Prof. Saunders, concisely outlines the operations of the various
farms, and the numerous experiments with wheat and other crops.
Prof. Robertson, as Agriculturist, follows with 30 pages (the space
allotted to each of the officers,) on experiments in dairying, feeding
stock, fodder-crops, etc. The Horticulturist, Mr. Craig, figures some
new native plums and grapes, and discusses the treatment of the
fungous diseases affecting various fruits. The Chemist, Mr Shutt,
gives very valuable analyses of various fodders and fertilizers, also of
well-waters submitted by farmers, and the results of experiments with
fungicides. The Entomologist and Botanist, Mr. Fletcher, treats care-
fully of the Hop-vine Borer, the Red Turnip Beetle, the Western Blister
Beetle, the Birch Bucculatrix and of various parasites. He also treats
of the Potatoe-rot and experiments for its prevention, and of Lawn and
Fodder-Grasses. Mr. Gilbert, as Poultry Manager, details his experi-
ments with various breeds, and the relative values of each. To the

50

foregoing very interesting and instructive reports are appended those of
Messrs. Blair, Bedford, MacKay and Sharp, Superintendents of the
respective Branch Farms at Nappan, N. S., Brandon, Man., Indian
Head, Assa., and Agassiz, B. C. Ed.

-> :o:

SIR RICHARD OWEN.

By the death of Sir Richard Owen, of the British Museum, not
(>nly has England lost one of its ablest scholars in the realms of science,
but the world mourns a prince amongst naturalists. Of genial tempera-
ment and generous heart, ever ready and willing to assist in the further-
ance of science and scientific research, Sir Richard earned for himself a
reputation and a name which place him for ever among the fathers of
vertebrate palaeontology.- On "Fossil Mammalia" " Fossil Reptilia,"
" Dinosauria," "Cetacea" and numerous orders of vertebraia, he wrote
works which will remain as monuments to his scholarly attainments
and natural abilities. In the field of Canadian paleontological liter-
ature he has left interesting memoirs. The earliest of these was an
elaborate paper, beautifully illustrated with large folding lithographic
plates, published in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of
London. This dealt with the tracks or trails of marine animals in the
Potsdam Formation of Canada. The specimens from Beauharnois and
other localities which Sir William Logan placed in his hands were
admirably described and now adorn the walls of the National Museum
on Sussex street, with the names which Sir Richard gave them. These
"foot prints " or 'ichnitcs' have been greatly admired and are much
sought after by collectors and museums. His other papers were on the
Reptiles of Eastern Canada. His descriptions are clear and the facts
well defined and presented. Britain owes a great debt of gratitude to
the departed naturalist and it is gratifying to see that at a meeting pre-
sided over by H. R. H. the Prince of Wales it was agreed to erect to
his memory a monument to be placed in the spacious Entrance Hall of
the British Museum. His Royal Highness paid a personal and high
tribute to his deceased friend, and Lord Kelvin, (Sir Win. Thomson),
Thomas Huxley, Sir Wm. flower, and many others spoke at length on
the loss which science had sustained. H. M. Ami.

51

CONCHOLOGY.

I am very much pleased to be able to record an addition to the
list of Ottawa land shells :

In May, 1890, while searching for specimens of Pupa Armifera.
Say, near the railway bridge on the Hull side of the Ottawa River, I
found a number of Pupae, which at the time I considered to belong to
some form of pe?itodon.

A few weeks ago I sent some of the shells to Dr. Sterki, and he
has returned them marked Pupa Holyingeri.

Holyingeri and pentodon are very similar in size, color and
arrangement of the " teeth," but differ in shape.

Pentodon tapers rapidly, the apical whorls being much narrower
than the later ones.

ffolyitigeri is cylindrical, being of an almost uniform width through
out.

Dr. Sterki tells me that he now considers that pentodon and its ally
curvidens belong to the genus Pupa, and not to Vertigo, to which genus
they were removed, I think on his authority, a few years ago. Geo-
W. Taylor, Victoria, B.C.

-:o:-

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF CANADA.

The twelfth Annual Meeting of the above Society commenced on
Tuesday, May 23rd. After routine business, the Reports from the
associated Societies were read by the Delegates present. The Ottawa
Field-Naturalists' Club was represented by Mr. Shutt. In the afternoon
Dr. Kingsford read a paper in memoriam, on the late Sir Daniel Wilson,
and one on the late Mr. Gisborne was read by Sir James Grant, after
which there was a short but most enjoyable " At Home " given by Mr.
Santord Fleming, C.M.G. The Presidential Address by Dr. Bourinot,
C.M.G, delivered in the Normal School at 8 p.m., was a masterly treat-
ment of " Out Intellectual Strength and Weakness," and was listened to
with the closest interest by all who were present. After the close of the
lecture, Dr. Bourinot had a most charming "At Home" at his residence.
On Wednesday, at the close of the morning session, the Fellows and

52

Delegates accompanied the President to the office of the Governor
General, and presented to His Excellency a Farewell Address, to which
he made a very able and sympathetic reply. The several sections met,
but as it was the Queen's Birthday it was largely observed as a holiday.
A sub-excursion of the O.F.N.C- was organized in the afternoon, for the
benefit of Section IV, and a very pleasant visit was made to the woods
near Hemlock Lake The excursion was brief, to enable the partici-
pants to attend the delightful " At Home " given by Sir James and Lady
Grant. On Thursday morning the sections completed the reading of
papers and election of their officers, and in the afternoon the officers of
the Society were elected as follows : Pres., Dr. Geo. Dawson, C.M.G.;
Vioe-Pres., Mr. Lemoine (Quebec); Sec, Dr. Bourinot, C.M G.; Treas.,
Dr. Selwyn, C.M.G. In Section IV, Geological and Biological Sciences,
with which our interests are most closely allied, the officers are as
follows: Pres., Prof. Macoun ; Vice-Pres., Mr. Fletcher; Sec, Prof.
Penhallow (Montreal). Fourteen papers were presented in this section.
The Presidential Address, by Mr. Whiteaves, dealt with the Cretaceous
rocks, which are largely developed in the North-West Territories and
British Columbia, and which have yielded many interesting fossils, and
minerals (such as coal) of much value. Mr. Whkeaves also read a paper
on some new fossils from the Trenton limestone of Manitoba. Three
other papers were presented by members of our Club, viz.: " The Geo-
logy of the Proposed Tunnel under the Northumberland Strait between
New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island," Dr. Ells ; " Sponges from
the Pacific Coast of Canada," Mr. Lambe, and " Canadian Uroceridae,"
Mr. Harrington, (present as Delegate from the Entomological Society of
Ontario.) Ed.

:o:

EXCURSION No. II, TO ROCKLAND.

It is proposed to hold the Second Excursion on June 17th, down
the Ottawa to Rockland, Ont., a locality not yet visited by the Club,
and which is highly recommended by the Excursion Committee. The
Steamer Empress leaves the Queen's Wharf at 7.20 a.m. The price of
tickets will be twenty-five cents.

^[library] 3

53
FOOD AND ALIMENTATION.

L. COYTKUX PREVOST, M.D.

Read January igih, i8g^.

I most sincerely thank the officers of this Association for having
conferred upon me the honour of reading a paper before the " Field
Naturalist's Club," which possesses, among its members, names already
illustrious.

I am happy to have the opportunity of contribu ing, as far as my
feeble means permit, to the achievement of its aim, which is intellectual
progress and advancement of science.

The physician, gentlemen, has another lole to play on enrth besides
relieving or curing the evils that afflict our pour humanity. His duty,
above all, must be to ward off diseases, in pointing out t heir causes and
the best means of avoiding them.

These causes, alas ! are manifold. They accompany man from the
cradle to the tomb ; they surround him at his birth, escort him all his
life, being for him a perpetual threatening. But the most common,
undoubtedly, are those which arise from some disorders of the digestive
system.

It is by the digestive tube that life enters our body, and by the
digestive tube also that enters death.

The intestines and the stomach can be considered as true laboratories
where the most deadly poisons are incessantly produced. Nature, it is
true, has provided us with powerful means of defence, but, some day,
the foes will swarm and overcome the barriers opposed to them by
physiological laws ; disease then is constituted with all its sufferings
and dangers.

These disorders, in the greatest majority of cases, are owing to
ignorance or contempt of the laws of hygiene. It is, therefore, our duty
to teach these laws and point out their importance.

In preparing this paper, gentlemen, I dreamt a moment of trying
to dazzle you with the depth of my science. I had almost made up my
mind to enter into transcendent considerations upon the physiological
machinery ofjiutritive phenomena, penetrating the essence itself of the

54

composition of the tissues of human organism, endeavoring, in short,
to create an imperishable monument worthy of being preserved in your
archives, for the greatest glory of its author and the amazement of
posterity. But - - - - I changed my mind ; the scientist yielded to
the hygienist's more practical obligations. I generously sacrifice, there-
fore, my ambitious and legitimate aspirations to simply try to be use-
ful. I merely want to speak of alimentation, explaining, by the way,
the phenomena of digestion and the rules which must preside to its
normal working.

At first, gentleman, " noblesse oblige." You have done me the
honour of inviting me to lecture before you, I do not wish to remain
in debt of courtesey : I invite you to dinner, here and now But I
must tell you that it is going to be a mere intellectual banquet, excellent
means of avoiding indigestion and cramps in the stomach, you must
confess.

Therefore, let us sit down to table ; here is the bill of fare, the
simple lecture of which will make your teeth water :

Bill of Fare.
Oysters in shell. Sauterne. Chablis.

soup :

Pea with crumbs. Sherry, Madeira.

fish :

Fried Haddock. Fresh boiled Salmon.

entries :

Chicken with truffles. Omelette with ham. Veal chops, tomato sauce.

Chateau Lafitte.

roast :

Tenderloin steak. Roast beef. Mutton chops. Pork chops. Apple

sauce. Ve. Clicquot.

relevs.

Black Duck. Patridge on toast. Chambertin.

vegetables :

Potatoes a la Lyonnaise. Sweet corn.

fruit :

Pears, apples, oranges, grapes. Cheese, milk, porridge. Bread, butter

coffee. Chartreuse.

65

Now, you must admire, gentlemen, the intelligence which presided
at the confection of this truly royal bill of fare. It is the deed of a
thorough "gourmet" and also of a friend who aims at your most per-
fect gastronomic welfare and of a physician who attended to all the
requirements of hygiene.

" But," some of you will say, " your bill of fare contains indigestible
ingredients : I never can taste such and such dish without experiencing
the most violent indigestion." Let us explain ourselves.

There are no indigestible aliments, in the etymological sense of
the word. All eatable substance is digested, more or less completely, if
you like, and more or less rapidly, but it ends always by going through.
The word " indigestible " is relative and if any one hears again in a
rather disagreeable fashion, of what he has eaten, it is because this
unfortunate individual is ill, or the privileged possessor of some peculiar
idiosyncrasy which departs from the general rule.

But as I consider you all as I wish you to be, that is, perfectly
sound and devoid of all caprices as far as your material organization is
concerned, I am convinced of having found for the composition of this
repast, the most agreeable and most nutritive aliments.

I said " agreeable " because we never do well but what we do with
pleasure. In fact, let you sit down to table with an anxious and pre-
occupied mind, the stomach will pout for your paying such a little
attention to the fulfilment of its functions and will punish you with
indigestion, for having diverted, for the benefit ot the brain, the con-
centration of energy which it has a right to claim when it is its turn.

A meal may be a regular work, but that work must be recreative
and one cannot exaggerate the importance of dining in good company,
and, besides, food must be artistically prepared in order to be
palatable and stimulate the appetite. This accounts for my calling
forth all the secrecies of culinary art to impart to my bill of fare the
most irreproachable character.

At last, you must remark that the dish&s are numerous and varied
in order to supply the tissues of organism with the whole scale of the
elements they want, for their intimate rebuilding. In fact, all aliments
do not possess the same nutritive value and the same digestibility and
the most nutritious are not always those we digest the most easily.

56

The aim of alimentation is to supply the animal economy with the
principles it requires for the production of its energy, and with the
primordial elements which directly or indirectly go to the repair or
growth of tissues. The more an aliment contains of these elements
in quality and quantity, the greater is its nutritive value.

In the admirable paper read before you last year, your worthy
vice-president has made you acquainted with the principles which con"
stitute the chemical composition of our body. Here they are briefly
enumerated : Oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon, sulphur, phosphorus,
calcium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, chlorine, iron and fluorine.

These elements are found in various combinations with one another
and form nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous compounds, carbo-hydrates
and salts. They enter into the composition of all the tissues of the
body. Since food is destined to the rebuilding of those tissues, it is
evident that the ideal aliment, the perfect type, would be the one into
the composition of which would enter in the meantime, all the chemical
elements I have enumerated. But that ideal does not exist. There
are, for example, nutrients which contain a considerable proportion of
nitrogen, making them eminently proper to repair the tissues, but which,
on the other hand, possess too small a quantity of carbo-hydrates to
meet the wants required by respiration and the production of animal
heat. Others, while they are rich in carbon and hydrogen, are very poor
in azote. Hence, the necessity of a mixed alimentation to properly
supply nutrition with all its requirements.

Formerly, primordial foods were divided in two classes, namely :
the plastic and the respiratory aliments.

The plastic aliments were constituted by albuminous substances to
which the name of quaternary was given, because they possessed a more
or less great number of atoms of oxygen, hydrogen, carbon and
nitrogen. They were found in almost all the tissues and fluids of the body,
forming the base of muscular tissue, gelatine of the bones, fibrin of the
blood, casein of the milk, albumen of the egg, gluten of the bread, etc.,
etc. Respiratory aliments, so called because they are used for respira.
tion and are consumed in the body, formed the base of tats, sugars and
feculents.

For this altogether theoretical division, we have nowadays substitute 6-

^(library*

57

another more in harmony with the modern teachings of physio-
logical chemistry, and we divide the primordial elements of food in two
great classes, namely, the organic and inorganic principles. In the
latter class enter the salts and water, and the organic compounds are
considered under two divisions : nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous.

It is to the groups of organic substances that belong the albumin-
oids, the chief flesh formers of our body. Still, in spite of their great
nutritive value, these albuminoids, taken separately cannot alone sustain
animal life and in order that they should acquire a real nutritive value,
it is necessary that they must be associated, not only to the other sub-
stances of other classes of food, but even to the different kinds of
albuminoids themselves. For instance, an animal fed on albumen or
on gelatine alone, would very soon succumb, as it has been demon-
strated by Papin, Magendie and Hammond's experiments.

Now, gentlemen, the food which contains the greatest quantity of
nutritious substances is not always the one that is digested the most
easily ; on the contrary, we shall see that certain very nutritious aliments
are of a slow and painful digestion. We must acknowledge, besides
that several causes bring modification to the precise rules that we might
establish with regard to the digestibility of food ; it would be difficult
nowadays to classify alimentary substances into light and heavy aliments.
One of the chief objections to this classification would be individual
predisposition. In fact many would easily digest foods which would
infallibly produce indigestion in others.

We must add to this : Habit, which permits the digestive tube to
get accustomed to such and such aliment.

But there is a point upon which physicians and physiologists agree ;
it is the importance of the state of cohesion, and the looser is that
cohesion the easier is the digestion. There exists, in the same sub-
stance, very wide differences, according to the different states in which
that substance is presented, and nothing is more interesting than the
results given by Schiff upon the digestibility of a given quantity of
albumen taken in solid and compact mass or else administered finely
divided.

Digestive value and nutritive value of food, are therefore two
different things and we could say with Trousseau : " That the most

58

digestible food is that which supplies the body with the greatest quantity
of reparative elements, requiring in the meantime the less possible
exertion from the digestive functions."

Now that we have made these few restrictions, perhaps it would
not be without interest to examine the experiments made to determine
the digestibility of food and the conclusions arrived at on the subject.

Were the human body transparent, it would be an easy matter to
follow the phases which alimentary bole undergoes from the moment it
is formed in the mouth until it has given up all its nutritive particles in
the'depth of the digestive tract. If the Creator, instead of kneading
our body with clay, had made our tissues in crystal, anybody would, at
aglance, determine the precise moment that the mouthful of bread, the
piece of meat cease to be what they were, to become absorbable paste.
But the opaque substance, of which our integuments are formed, hide to
our view the phenomena that take place within ourselves, and we have to
resort to certain crafts in order to uncover. the mysterious operations of
the digestive system.

For instance, Spallauzani would introduce alimentary substances in
tubes or hollowed balls which he would make his patients .swallow.
When these balls would be returned, either by vomiting or by a more
indirect by-way, he would examine the modifications undergone by the
s ubstances contained inside.

But we may easily understand, that as these foreign bodies were
rejected at indeterminate hours, it was difficult to obtain, by these experi-
ments, anything like serious and reliable results.

Gosse, of Geneva, was endowed with a peculiar privilege: he could
vomit whenever he wanted to. He availed himself of this talent to study
the degree of digestibility of foods. He observed that the substances
which he would most easily digest, that is, within one or two hours,
were: Fresh boiled eggs, milk, lamb, veal, fresh fish, gruel, potatoes.
I le would take four to six hours to digest : pork, hard eggs, oysters and
pastry other substances would remain very long in the stomach such
as: rind of pork, orange peels, mushrooms.

I must confess, gentlemen, that we cannot grant much credit to
these experiments, deprived as they were of the accuracy exacted by a
truly scientific method. But it is not so with regard to the knowledge

59

supplied by the phenomena observed in individuals bearing gastric
fistula. Amongst these observations, there is one renowned above all,
and cited everywhere, I mean the case of the Canadian, Alexis St.
Martin, related by Dr. Beaumont. That celebrated patient received
one day a shot wound in the pit of the stomach. Fortunately for the
man and for science, the wound did not prove fatal, but the result was
an opening which never closed and established a permanent communi-
cation between the outside and the stomach. Dr. Beaumont, during
several years, studied the functions of digestion on this robust Canadian.
Pie would make him swallow all kinds of food, watching their exit on a
level with the artificial opening and could then calculate the time taken
by alimentary substances to undergo a complete digestion in the
stomach. He made us know the results of his experiments in a rather
curious table of which I will give you a brief abstract. He observed
that the following foods were completely digested at the end of the
periods mentioned :

Rice i hour. Fried oysters 3 hrs. 15 m.

Boiled milk 2 hours. Roast beef 3 hours.

Roast turkey 2> hours. Beefsteak 3 "

Boiled turkey 2 hrs. 44 m. Boiled beef. . . y/ z "

Boiled goose 2]/ 2 hours. Roast mutton 3 hrs. 15 m.

Suckling pig 2.)/, " Roast veal 4 hours.

Fresh lamb 2^ " Boded fowl 4 "

Fresh eggs, boiled hard 3^ " Roast duck 4 "

Fresh eggs, boiled soft 3 " Roast pork 5 hrs. 15 m.

Fresh eggs, raw 2 " Sausage ' 3 hrs. 20 m.

Fresh eggs, fried y/ 2 " Bread 3 hrs. 30 m.

Salt codfish 2 " Boiled potatoes 3 hrs. 30 m.

Salmon trout \y z " Fried potatoes 2 hrs. 30 m.

Oysters, raw 2 hrs. 55 m. Boiled cabbage 4 hours.

Oyster soup y/ z hours.

The experiments of Dr. Beaumont on his Canadian were made as
well by Ch. Richet on a man named Marcellin upon whom Surgeon
Verneuil performed a gastric fistula. I do not wish to enter into the
details of this case which I mention only on account of a curious fact
that happened with that man, Marcellin, a fact showing how hard it is,
sometimes, to resist the impulse of a passion even in spite of the greatest
obstacles to its gratification.

60

Marcellin, aged 17 years, swallowed by accident on the 4th Febru
ary, 1876, a solution of caustic potash. The most intense inflammation
followed, and brought on the obliteration of oesophagus. He could
therefore no more be fed in any manner whatever. Verneuil saved his
life, in making ir> the pit of the stomach an opening through which they
then introduced the solid and liquid foods necessary to his subsistence.

This poor man at last died of consumption brought on, do you
know by what cause ?' He was deprived of oesophagus, and conse-
quently could not drink, but this did not prevent his becoming a drunk-
ard : he would introduce, through his fistula, the alcoholic beverages
which took him to his grave.

But let us return to our bill of fare, gentlemen, I want to say a few
words of the ingredients of which it is composed. To facilitate this
description allow me to somewhat alter the order of their disposition.
Let us divide them all, at first, in two classes : the solids and the liquids.
Amongst the solids we shall examine meat and vegetables, sprinkling
afterwards this dry subject with milk, broth and wine. But enough of
words, time has come to act Waiter bring on the oysters.

Oysters, gentlemen, contain carbon, nitrogen, salts and water and
constitute a very useful aliment, easily digested, provided that they are
eaten raw. Fried or in soup they are a great deal more indigestible.
William Roberts has tried to give the explanation of this tact. The
small yellowish mass which is called the " eye " and which is the most
palatable part of the oyster, is the liver which is but an agglomeration
of glycogruic substance. That liver during life contains, besides a
digestive ferment, the hepatic diastasis. By the mere fact of mastication,
these two substances are brought in contact, so that the glycogruic. is
immediately digested by its own diastasis.

Raw oysters therefore digest themselves without any other interven-
tion. This advantage is annulled by cooking, because the heat, even
moderate, destroys the ferment associated with the glycogruic substance.
According to Roberts, alcohol has the same inconveniences, so that we
should not drink any wine while eating oysters and be satisfied with
milk, which did not prevent my ordering Sauterne to sprinkle these
delicious mollusks. It is the fashion, do you see. In France and
in Canada amongst those who eat "& la Franfaiie" white wines are
indispensable with oysters.

(Continued 0/1 pai>e 6y. )

61

Report of the Ornithological Branch for the Year 1892.
To the Council of the Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club :

Ladies and Gentlemen, The Leaders in Ornithology in present-
ing their report for the year 1892 have to regret that in the section of
the work under their oversight there has not been so much activity
shov/n as in some former years. But four observers have reported, and
the total number of species recorded reached only 118. None of these
were new to the list but a number of previously doubtful records have
been corroborated.

The department of " Editorial Notes " in the Naturalist has con-
tained from month to month items in connection with bird-life deemed
of sufficient interest for publication, and these need not be recounted
here. In addition to these the following records are worthy of notice :

Field sparrow, Spizella pusi/la, 2nd July, about 4 miles south-east
of King's Mountain ; in full song and evidently breeding, though nest
not found (F. A. Saunders).

Tree sparrow, *S. mcniicola, 8th January, on the "mine road" north
of Hull (F. A. Saunders). This spe< ies, common enough in the season
of migration has never before been known to winter with us ; indeed
there is said to be but one previous record of its appearance during winter
anywhere north of latitude 44 s2 (Cooke's Bird Migration Miss. Valley).

Wood thrush, Turdus mustelinus, 26th May, near McKay's Lake
(A. G. Kingston), and 29th June on King's Mountain (F. A. Saunders).

Blue-grey Gnatcatcher, Polioptila actulea. Previous to this year
there has been but one record of this little bird for this locality about
12 years ago. This year it is reported twice, once on 26th May by Mr.
Kingston and again on 10th July by Miss Gertrude Harmer. No
specimen was secured, however, and at most the visits of this resident
of the Alleghanian district to our neighborhood must be regarded as
merely casual.

Common tern, Sterna hirundo, nth August near Brockville (Miss
Harmer). Though somewhat beyond our limits, the appearance of a
flock of these birds at a point so far from the sea and the great lakes is
worthy of note.

A. G. Kingston, )

John Macoun, , Leaders.

Wm. A. D. Lees, J

IBRARY

ORNITHOLOGY.
Edited by A. G. Kingston.

Winter visitants. The winter of 1892-3 was marked by a great
scarcity of bird life in the neighbourhood of Ottawa. Irregular and
uncertain though the movements of the winter birds always are, it is
seldom that the winter season passes without the appearance of some
one or more species in considerable numbers. Probably these visits
depend more upon food supply than upon the mildness or severity of
the temperature ; but in both of these respects our district showed itself
last winter a very inhospitable quarter for the birds. The weather here,
as throughout the whole of North America was marked by unusual and
almost unbroken cold; and as the rowan-berry crop of 1892 had been
a total failure, with tamarac cones and cedar seeds much below the
average, the " visible supply of breadstuffs " for the feathered population
must have been alarmingly short.

Of Crossbills, Redpolls and Pine Siskins there have been no reports
whatever. The Purple Finch which is usually fairly well represented
throughout the winter in suitable localities did not put in an appearance
until the 4th May, and the Goldfinch came seven days later, after
having donned his summer plumage elsewhere. A few straggling Pine
Grosbeaks, (one 25th January), and an occasional small flock of Snow-
flakes (one nth February) were the only representatives of these
frequently abundant species.

It is often asserted, however, by ornithologists that in their favorite
study, at all seasons and in every locality, the diligent student is sure of
some reward, and that there is much truth in this claim the following
further records will slow :

Robin. One seen 1 Stli January on Wellington Street, by Prof.
Macoun. Mr. Fletcher also reports one, a fine male, in Archville on
1 2th March, and another has been reported as appearing several times
in New Edinburgh. It is possible that all these records refer to the
same individual perhaps a wounded bird that was unable to undertake
the hardships of migration, and was yet so fortunate as to find food
throughout the severe weather.

Prairie Horned Lark. (O. alpestris praticold). On 27th February
three or four were seen along the roads on the Experimental Farm.

63

The next day several appeared, and during the milder weather of March
they were abundant.

Blue Jay. 15 th February.

Canada /ay. {Perisoreus Canadensis). 15th February (A. G K.)
about 25 miles up the Gatineau.

Cliickadee. 1 8th February.

Crow. As for this sable scavenger, he is always to be found
where there is work for him to do ; and the enterprising local reporter
who at any time during the long winter is in want of material for an
item headed " Harbingers of spring " has only to visit the neighbour-
hood of one of the slaughter-houses beyond the Rideau river, in order
to be favored with a sight of, and if the weather is mild, perhaps even a
" caw " from one or all of the proverbial black three.

House Spartoiv. It has been a matter of general remark that the
" English Sparrow " population suffered heavily during the past winter.
Apparently their numbers on the opening of spring did not exceed one
third of what they had been when the first snow fell. It is worthy Of
record that the first to disappear under the severe weather were the
albino specimens referred to in these notes in October last. Not a
single case of albinism has been noticed since 1st January. The first
brood of young sparrows, however, is now (15 June) on the wing, and
as each pair of old birds raises three or four families in a season there is
no doubt that they will have replenished the earth ere October returns
again.

Spring Migration. This is not the place to publish a list of spring
arrivals. Suffice it to say that although the opening of vegetation this
year was unusually late, the birds do not seem to have delayed their
movements much on that account. The Robins and Song Sparrows
appeared in small numbers on the 24th March, then retired before a
short spell of cold weather, and returned again in force on the 29th,
when they were accompanied by the Blue-birds. The Bronzed Grackle
arrived on 2nd April and the Redwing Blackbird on the 3rd. Turning
to the Swallows, an unusually early appearance of the Tree Swallow
(Tac/iycineta bicolor) was noted on 1st April by Mr. W. A. I). Lees and
several other observers. No other tree swallow was reported until
22nd April. Purple Martin 2nd May ; Barn Swallow 5th May.

64

EXCURSIONS Nos. I AND II.

The first excursion for the present season was held on May 27th
and proved very successful, there being three hundred members and
their friends present. The point selected was the village of Wakefield,
or La Peche, and the Gatineau river, at the height of its spring flood,
afforded some fine views as the train skirted its rapids and falls. The
morning was bright and clear but unfortunately before noon it clouded
up and showers and light rains continued during the afternoon. In
spite of the moisture, however, many of the collectors continued their
explorations and some good botanical coll actions were made. Two
prizes which had been offered by the Council were awarded to Miss
Blaikie and Mr. McCurdy for their very creditable collections. The
adjacent school-house gave shelter to many during the day, and probably
had within its walls a more learned and scientific body than on any
previous occasion. The excursion cars also formed a rallying point,
and in them were delivered the usual interesting addresses by Dr. Ells
and Messrs Ferrier, Craig and Cowley, the leaders of the Geological
and Botanical sections. Ed.

The second Excursion was held on Saturday, the iSth June, and
those who attended spent a delightful day. After a pleasant sail down
the Ottawa on the fine Str. Empress, the party on reaching Rockland
was met by a steam launch, on which a short cruise was made among
the adjacent islands and bays. Then the quarries were visited, from
which is being excavated the stone for the Soulanges canal, and which
furnish a very fine, massive limestone. The geological exposures of
this neighbourhood are exceedingly interesting, several formations being
visible, and good series of fossils were obtained from the various strata,
of which nrjtes will appear later. The members were then conveyed in
carriages to Mr. Edwards's splendid farm, and they were much in-
terested in the fine stuck exhibited. The neighbouring fields and woods
were found to be most inviting ; strawberries were abundant, and
various flowers in profusion. During the afternoon the mills were
inspected and the river banks examined. The thanks of the Club are
due to Mr. Edwards, M.P., for his kind invitation to visit his extensive
mills and farms, and for placing his launch and carriages at the service
of the members. Also to Mr. Archie Stewart, who has the contract for

65

the canal for which the stone is being taken out, and who very gener-
ously provided a bountiful supply of fruits and refreshments. Mr
Angus McLean kindly escorted the party, and Mr. Gardner, the Super-
intendent of the quarries, was most obliging in describing the operations.

SUB-EXCURSIONS.

The continued rains and unpleasant weather of the early spring
months rendered it often impossible to hold the regular Saturday after-
noon outing, but members took advantage of any propitious days. A
very pleasant visit was made on May 20th, to the Beaver Meadow, Hull,
and many interesting plants and insects were obtained. Among the
more conspicuous plants which were in charming profusion, and of
which several fine nosegays were gathered, may be mentioned Trilliums,
(white and red) Uvularia, Dicentra (Squirrell-corn, very abundant,)
Dentaria and Violets of several kinds. A nice addition to the Ottawa
List of Coleoptera was made by Master T. MacLaughlin who captured
a fine male of Diccelus teter, Bon. Among the Carabidse captured may
also be noted Calosoma frigidum, Kirby and Harpahis indpeculus, Say.

The Mer Bleue, a favorite resort of our botanists, was visited on
June 3rd and the masses of bloom which decked the surface of the
" Big Swamp " gave it a most attractive appearance. Among the more
showy plants growing around the borders or scattered among the pre-
vailing Cassandra calyadata (Leather-leaf) mention may be made of
Menyanthes trifoliata (Buck bean), Kalmia glauca (Sheep Laurel), Piras
arbutifolia (Choke-berry,) Andromeda polifolia, with its lovely delicate
blossoms, Vaccineum corymbosum (Swamp-Blueberry) and three species
of Eriophorum (Cotton Rushes) one of \X\em(Eriophorum russeo/um)be'mg
new to our local flora. Insects were not abundant but several
interesting species were taken, including two examples of a previously
unrecorded butterfly, (Theda august us.)

Casselman which has always proved a rich collecting ground was
visited on June 10th, by a strong botanical contingent among whom
was Prof. Fowler, F.R.S.G., of Queen's University, Kingston. As usual
the party was well rewarded by the occurrence of many fine plants
including the following additions to the local lists : Polygonatum
giganteum, Polygonum erection and Phragmites communis. Some of the
party went on three or four miles, where the land becomes swampy as

66

at the Mer Bleue and offers almost the same plants. Cypripedium

parvifloram was abundant, but the flowers were mostly faded, and
Lonicera obhmgifolia occurred in great profusion Those who remained
at the river obtained among other fine plants Cypripedium acaule and
Orchis spectabilis. Insects as on the previous Saturday seemed unusually
scarce, but towards evening the Black flies and Mosquitoes were
sufficiently abundant.

Some members, lovers of botany and the muses, made a trip to
North Wakefield on the 18th June, for the purpose of visiting a swamp
discovered last autumn to contain great numbers of the Showy Ladies-
slipper {Cypripedium spertabile). The display of these lovely planfs
was even more extensive than had been expected, and charmed and
delighted the party, who returned laden with spoil.

VALUABLE EXPERIMENTS.

Mr. Frank T. Shutt, M.A., chief chemist of the Dominion experi-
mental farms, read an interesting paper at the recent meeting of the
Royal Society, descriptive of a preliminary series of experiments with
the object of ameliorating certain alkaline soils in Manitoba and the
North-west territories. He opened by drawing aitention to the occur-
rence of the " alkali patches " in many parts of these provinces. These
patches or barren spots, which vary greatly in extent, always occupied
low places or natural depressions in the soil. In dry weather they
were covered with a white incrustation, but when moist the affected soil
was usually black. Apart from the presence of the injurious chemical
analysis had shown these alkali soils to possess all the elements of
fertility. Complete analyses of the three samples of soils supposed to
be typical of these spots were given. They showed that in addition
to comparatively small quantities of salts of soda, a considerable amount
of magnesium sulphate (Epsom salts) was present. To get rid of the
soda salts, thorough drainage was instanced as the most effective means.
The soda salts were usually either carbonate or sulphate the latter
was not as injurious as the former. The use of an application of
gypsum had proved efficacious to soils impregnated with carbonate
which was thereby converted into the less injurious form of sulphate.
To ascertain the effect of magnesium sulphate on vegetation, Mr. Shutt

67

had carried out a series of pot experiments with corn, wheat and peas.
The results showed clearly that this chemical proved most disastrous to
vegetation. He therefore inferred that in many instances the sterile
character of the soil was due in part, and in some instances, perhaps,
wholly to the presence of magnesium sulphate (Epsom salts).

Elaborate pot experiments were then instituted with wheat, pea s
and corn, to find out if the addition of (a) carbonate ot lime and (b)
lime to a soil containing magnesium sulphate would render this
substance non-injurious and allow the plants to come to maturity.
While the carbonate of lime proved beneficial, lime proved much more
so. During the course of the experiments careful records were made at
intervals of a week, and mathematical plottings of these were shown to
the meeting. Photographs, also illustrating the growth of the plants in
the treated and untreated soil, were exhibited. The chemistry under-
lying the changes induced in the alkaline soils by these remedial agents
was explained. The value of lime in improving soils impregnated
with magnesium sulphate was fully established by the scientific data
here brought forward. Toronto Empire.

(In our brief report of the proceedings of the Royal Society we
were able only to refer to the papers read in section IV, and we there-
fore reproduce with much pleasure this abstract of the paper presented
to Section III by our Delegate. Ed.)

FLORA OTTAWAENSIS.

By James Fletcher, F.R.S.C.

The annotated list of the Flora of the Ottawa district which was
begun three years ago in the Ottaiva Naturalist and the completion of
which was unavoidably delayed, first of all by illness of the writer and
afterwards by press of official work, will be completed in this volume of
the Naturalist. Members will please observe that the sheets issued
with each number are unattached and that the pagination begins at page
No. 78 in continuation of the part issued with the May number 1890.
Some members will receive the forthcoming sneets who were not sub-
scribers to the Club when the former parts were issued. They may
perhaps be able, with a little enquiry, to procure the first 77 pages from
some members not specially interested in Botany.

o

ISRARY1 :

:*> 68

ENTOMOLOGY

Edited by JAMES ELETCHER, F.R.S.C.

Meloe niger, Kirby. The Black Oil-beetle makes its appearance in
the first sunny days of spring, while the snow still lingers in shady
corners, and may often be seen crawling on the city sidewalks, appar-
ently having issued from the adjacent lawns. There are certain sec-
tions of sidewalk upon which they may then be captured daily. This
beetle is easily recognized by its abbreviated elytra and absence of
wings ; its colour is a greenish black. W. H. H.

Toxotus vittiger, Rand. A specimen of this pretty longicorn was
beaten from Oak at Casselman, on June 26th, 1883, and on the 10th of
present June, Mr. Fletcher secured a dozen specimens flying about,
or on the flowers of Osnwrrhiza longislylis, in the same locality. W. H. H.

Donatio pubescnes, Lee. This distinct species appears to be local,
and to appear early in the season. In 1878, Mr. Fletcher took six
examples near Billings Bridge, and it was not collected again until this
June, when it was specially looked for in the same locality, and several
specimens were taken by sweeping bullrushes (lypha) and grasses
along the banks of the Rideau river. D. jucunda and D. subtilis were
abundant, and a few D. proximo, which is more abundant later in the
season, and frequents the lily pads. W. H. H.

Sphinx Kalmia. I have received from our Canadian veteran
botanist, Mrs. C. P. Traill, of Lakefield, Ont, now in the 93rd year of
her age, a fine specimen of the Lilac Sphinx, Sphinx Kalmia. Mrs.
Traill also writes a long and interesting letter on the Holy Grass
(Indian Sweet Hay,) Hierochloa borcalis. The bed of this grass on the
Experimental Farm is now a mat of flowering stems, and well worthy of
a visit from our botanists. J. F.

EXCURSION No. Ill, TO BORTHWICK'S SPRINGS.

A Saturday afternoon Excursion will be held on the 8th July, to
Borthwick's Springs, by special invitation of Mr. Borthwick. The Club
vans will leave the Post Office at 2 p.m. sharp. The price of tickets
has not been definitely fixed, but will probably be 25 cents.

60 ^[lisrary)=i

FOOD AND ALIMENTATION.

1!Y L. COTEUX PREVOST, M.D.
( Continued from page 60.)

Personally, [ do not know whether these lovely drinks really have
a pernicious influence upon the "eye" of oysters, but all I can say, is
that everytime I perchance witnessed any indigestion brought on by
this association of wines and oysters, it was that the quantity of liquids
ingulfed had been totally out of proportion with the laws or sobriety,
required by any reasonable stomach.

Mussels {Mytiius cdulis) are not generally known in Canada, at least
in restaurants. In France they delight those who are really fond of
delicious eatables. But if ever your good fate takes you to Paris, beware
of what they call there : " Moules a la Mariniere."

If you should forget this wise advise you might pay dearly the
satisfaction of your legitimate curiosity. I sa v some of my friends
twisted by the most excruciating colics, accompanied with an abundant
rash of urticaria, owing to their having eaten but a few mussels. In
Ireland, these shells seem to be less poisonous. In 1874, I had just
arrived in Dublin, where I entered the Rotunda Hospital as resident
pupil. One evening towards 10 or it o'clock, 1 was leaning on the
window sill of my room thinking of my absent native land, when I
heard a strolling dealer bawling out his goods, contained in a basket
suspended to his arm. Impossible to understand what he was offering
from door to door. " What is he saying ?" I asked my room companion.
"This is the Cockle dealer" he answered. These Cockles are mussels
which delight the people in Dublin. Every night they constitute the
family revel, every body eats them with a glass of sherry wine and I
never heard that they had the reputation of being hard to digest.

While we are under water, gentlemen, we must not get out without
saying a word about fish.

As far as digestibility is concerned, fishes may be divided in 3
groups: those with white flesh such as trout, haddock, etc., they are the
most digestible, but the least nutritious ; those with yellow flesh, such
as salmon are of a slower digestion but contain more nutritious principles ;
thirdly those with fat flesh such as eel, very nutritious but hard to

70

digest. It has been contended that exclusive fish alimentation might
have some inconvenience, namely that of producing cutaneous diseases
do not believe it ; still it is absolutely necessary that fish should be
eaten perfectly fresh. Of all animals fish is the one which most quickly
putrifies. Twenty-four hours after death, there takes place in their
tissues a development of enormous quantities of toxic substances the
adsorption of which may give rise to the most serious disorders in the
digestive tube.

I have very little to say concerning fowl and game. Game, how-
ever, offers special conditions to which Gubler has called our
attention. You are aware that some kinds of game are very often brought
on the table in a state of incipient decomposition. This condition is a
sort of fermentation which has a certain analogy with the fermentation
that takes place in the stomach, and owing to this fact, according to
Gubler, assists the work of digestion. But that putrification must not
be too far advanced or else it will introduce in the system toxic alkaloids,
as will fish, and these cadaveric substances may then cause
fatal results. Bronardel, for instance, has cited cases of people
dying after having eaten tainted game pie. At any rate, as far as I am
concerned, I vote for fresh things and the duck as well as the partridge
that I ordered on our bill of fare are of an irreproachable freshness.
Taste them without fear and sprinkled with a glass of good Chambertin
I promise you ineffable pleasure. For it is with game that Burgundy
wine must be drunk.

With regard to fowl, let us speak of eggs, that precious and com-
plete food above all others. I say complete food, that is containing
associated all the substances necessary to the nutrition of our tissues.
Eggs contain nitrogenous compounds, such as albumen (vitelline); fatty
substances (margarine, oleine) and salts. Should we compare the
quantity of nitrogen, carbon, fat and water contained in eggs and milk,
we shall find that an egg weighing for instance 50 grammes is equivalent
to 100 grammes of cow's milk.

Eggs are generally very well borne by the stomach, they are easily
digested. But we must remark the considerable influence of cooking
upon this kind of food. A fresh egg, boiled only a few minutes is
rpaidly peptonized, being completely digested within 1 J, or 2 hours, as

71

showed by Dr. Beaumont, whereas a hard egg has hardly undergone
this process at the end of three hours and a half. Must I add that it
is of the greatest importance that eggs should be perfectly fresh ? For
choice, look through the egg, fresh eggs are more transparent in the
centre, old ones at the top. Dissolve one ounce of salt in ten of water,
good eggs sink, indifferent swim, bad eggs will float even in pure water.

Amongst the preparations having eggs for base I want to particularly
point out what is called "American Cream." It consists in beating two
yolks together, in adding some powdered sugar and then flavouring
with rum or sherry. This mixture is very easily digested and exceed-
ingly nutritious. You may conceive how precious it is for sick persons
as ""well as for weak stomachs which require a strengthening food under
a small volume. This mixture constitutes also the first meal recom-
mended by Coats in training pugilists. I regret, gentlemen, that time
and the limits of this paper do not permit my saying a few words upon
this marvellous method employed by sportsmen in their training for
competitions.

I heard, in Paris, Professor Bouchardat speak most emphatically of
the excellence of alimentary diet, united to exercise, used by these
athletes to obtain that perfect ponderation of muscular powers which
permit their going everywhere and disputing prizes in races, on foot or
horseback, rowing, fencing and boxing. He contended that these
trainers knew and applied better than anybody the laws of hygiene the
observance of which is the sine qua non condition of perfect health.

Here we are now, gentlemen, at the solid joints of our bill of fare,
that is the meats of mammifers, such as beef, mutton, pork and veal.
Those are the aliments to which is entrusted the repairing of our tissues,
owing to the large proportion of azote they contain. According to
Beaumont, the most digestible meat is that of mutton, then beef and
lastly pork. But the age of the animal bears a considerable influence
upon digestibility : for example veal is more digestible than beef, lamb
more than mutton. I mean, of course, the digestibility and not the
nutritive value of these nutrients, or else the order would have to be
changed. In fact adult animals are those that give the most nutritious
meats. According to Payen, the composition of roast beef cut up in
slices three centimeters thick, is as following :

72

Water 69.89 Fatty substances 5.19

Albuminates 22.93 Mineral matters 1.05

Muscular flesh contains, besides free lactic acid and sulphur united
to the nitrogenous organic compounds, mineral matters constituted
by salts formed out of the bases, potash, soda, lime and magnesia
united to the phosphoric, lactic and muriatic acids.

Roast meat is far preferable to boiled, not only on account
of the preservation of the nutritive qualities of the meat, but also, owing
to the development during cooking of certain odoriferous nitrogenous
principles such as osmazone, which render these meats palatable.

Since I mentioned boiled meat, it is impossible not to say some-
thing ot broth, a preparation which has given rise to rather interesting
discussions ; certain physicians praising, others denying its nutritive
properties. Schiff's experiments, however, permit our deciding this
question. This physiologist has demonstrated that the secretion of
gastric juice is not indefinite and that it suffices to give a dog, with an
empty stomach, a considerable quantity of meat to see, under the
influence of this exaggerated alimentary mass, the secretion of gastric
juice dry up. Food, then, acts as a real foreign body and is con-
sequently thrown up. This state is known under the name of indiges-
tion a crapida. But, and here is a very interesting remark of Schiff,
it suffices to introduce into the circulation certain substances to imme-
diately cause the gastric juice to be secreted anew, at the surface of the
gastric mucous membrane. Among these substances, dextrin appears
to possess this property to the utmost, and on animals thus crammed
with food and in whose stomach gastric juice is no more secreted, it
suffices to introduce a dextrin solution, either in a vein or in the
rectum, to promote the immediate digestion of that excess of alimenta-
tion. To those peculiar substances, Schiff has given the name of
" peptogenes," that is, substances promoting the secretion of gastric
juice and therefore the conversion of albuminoids into peptones. Well,
gentlemen, broth precisely contains almost exclusively these peptogen-
ous compounds, and the secular tradition of eating soup before meals,
receives in the discoveries of modern physiology a resplendent confir-
mation. Not very nutritious by itself, since it contains a very feeble

73

quantity of organic matter, hardly 16 p. 1000, and an enormous
portion of water, 985 p. 1000, broth helps the digestion of food in
rapidly penetrating into the circulation and bringing back the materials
necessary to the secretion of gastric juice.

Therefore, if I am allowed to offer you here a practical advice as a
conclusion of what I have just said, I will give you the following: If
ever it is your misfortune to suffer some day from b:id digestion, before
exposing yourselves to be stuffed up by all the drugs invented of late to
cure dyspepsia, try a cup of good broth before or after meals ; others
have often derived much benefit from this practice and the experiment
is inoffensive and certainly worth trying.

In spite of the nutritive value of the aliments we have just exam-
ined, they cannot exclusively compose the food destined to repair the
waste of the organism. If meats possess the advantageof containing a large
proportion of nitrogen (albuminoids) on the other hand, they are
deprived of starch and carbohydrates which we are compelled to
ask of the vegetable foods, characterized by low albuminoids and
high carbo-hydrates. The vegetable kingdom will supply us with
flour, bread, vegetables and fruits, and if you want to form an idea
of the nutritive value of these nutrients, allow me to place before you
the composition of some of them. For exami le, wheat flour contains :

Water 14. o per cent.

Fatty Matters 1.2

Nitrogenous substance insoluble in water (gluten) 12.8

" " soluble in water (albumen) 1.8

Non-Nitrogenous substances (dextrin) 7.2

Starch 59-7

Cellulose 1. 7 "'

Salts 1.6

Oatmeal, out of which porridge is made, contains 63 parts of starch,
and 12 per cent, of nitrogenous substance, that is, almost as much as
muscular flesh of animals. Peas contain 22 per cent, of proteic com-
pounds, and 53 per cent, of starch.

Among usual alimentary compounds, the most important is with-
out doubt bread. The whitest is the most nutritious, and the crust

71

has a more considerable nutritive value than the pith, as you may judge
by the following table :

Water Crust = 17.15 pith = 44-45

Insoluble nitrogenous subst " = 7.30 " = 0.92

Soluble " " " = 5.70 " = 0.75

Soluble non-nitrogeous " ' = 3.88 " = 3.79

Starch " -62.58 " =43-55

Fatty substances " = i.lS " = 0.70

Salts " = 1. 21 " = O.84

Potatoes for 100 parts contain 2 parts of nitrogenous substances and
21 of carbo-hydrates. Rice has 5 parts of albuminoids and 83 carbo-
hydrates.

Among the fats I shall mention butter, which contains 01 per cent.
of fatty substances ; cheese, which contains 24 per cent, of fat, besides
33 per cent of nitrogenous substances.

My intention is not to dwell at any length on fruits, wishing only
to remind you that they introduce into our economy salts of sodium
and potassium, useful to nutrition, and since I am speaking of salts, I
wish to point out the importance of common salt, and of all mineral
matters in alimentation. These substances are just as necessary as the
reparative and respiratory aliments. Forster has given pigeons, mice
and dogs a food very poor in mineral matters, and he has observed that
mice lived 21 to 30 days only, pigeons 13 to 29 days, and dogs 26 to
36 days.

According to Barbier, man must take daily within 24 hours, 12 to
20 grammes of salts, either pure or mingled with food. When for one
reason or another man cannot take the necessary quantity of salts, the
same accident happens as with other animals, he falls into a state of
weakness and languor, offering, after a while, all the symptoms of
anemia, owing to the dimunition of albumen and blood corpuscles.

With regard to the importance of salts in alimentation, I cannot
resist the desire of saying a few words about " scurvy," a disease I par-
ticularly studied within the last few years. This disease, which for-
merly was the terror of navigators, exists nowhere, so to speak, except
in Canada, where it pretty severely treats, almost every year, the rafts-
men who spend the winter in the midst of our forests. You have all
heard of that disease called " blackleg " by our " voyageurs," which 20

75

or 25 years ago was a regular plague, as it would strike down 25 or 30
men in a shanty composed of 40 individuals.

Nowadays, we meet almost every spring with a certain number of
cases, but it has become a good deal less common, and shows a tendency
to disappear. What is the cause ot this consoling diminution ? For-
merly, our forests, so rich in wood, were poor in settlers. Food in-
tended for the shantymen was exclusively bought in cities, and consisted
of salt pork and beans. As clearings allowed settlers to establish them-
selves, farms were created on almost every limit. On these farmsj
vegetables are being cultivated, especially potatoes, with which the
shantymen can easily be supplied for their alimentation. Those who
are to-day the victims of scurvy are those who winter in the remotest
parts, away from established settlements. Do you know to what treat-
ment we subject these unfortunate patients suffering from black-leg ?
We actually stuff them with potatoes and other fresh vegetables, and in
a few weeks they are perfectly cured.

The general opinion to-day is that scurvy proceeds from the priva"
tion of vegetables, and that these vegetables posess anti-scorbutic
properties, owing to the salts of potassium they contain. Here it is
curious enough to remark, that these salts of potassium exist in veget-
ables in a special chemical state which causes all their efficacy. In fact,
mutton contains by ounce 0.846 of salts of potash, and besides, you
are aware that the pork destined to shantymen is generally salted with
nitrate of potash. Still, in spite of this alimentation, scurvy soon
appears. What can be the reason of this apparent contradiction ?

Here it is : Salts of potash in food, as all the mineral salts, must
be introduced on determinate chemical forms in order that these prin-
ciples may be fixed in sufficient quantity by the functions of assimila-
tion. Thus, phosphate, nitrate of potash, and chloride of potassium
traverse the whole system, and are expelled almost entire through the
excretions and secretions of the body. These salts are stable. On the
contrary, in a combination of potassium with an organic acid, such as
the citrates, nitrates and tartrates, the organic acid is decomposed^
giving up carbonic acid, and the economy finding itself in posession of
a salt of little stability, nutrition takes up and utilizes its base. Fresh
green vegetables contain potash combined with organic acids, which

76

are thus decomposed. Meats, on the contra' y, contain phosphate or
nitrate of potash, which are are stable salts. These facts explain why
mutton, although containing a certain amount o'f potash, is unable to
prevent scurvy, whereas lime-iuice, for instance, with an equal quantity
of this base, but in the state of super-citrate, acts as a true specific in the
prevention of this disease.

One word now, with your permission, about milk and wines ;
because however succulent may be all the dishes we have spoken of so
far, it seems to me that the subject is rather dry, it wants liquids.
Milk, like eggs, is what we call a complete food. It contains albumin-
ous substances ; casein and lacto-protein and albumen; fatty matter
the butter ; a sugared substance, lactose ; saline principles, phosphates,
and chlorides, and lastly water. Its digestion is most rapid, it is the
food most quickly absorbed, requiring in the mean time the least
digestive work possible. We must add that it is the nitrogenous com-
pound which contains the smallest quantity of toxic alkaloids.

Its nutritive value is certain. Unique aliment of the child during
the first months that follow its birth, milk supplies it with all the
materials necessary for a rapid growth. Even with adults, milk employed
alone suffices for their alimentation, and we often observe that certain
patients fed on strict milky diet obtain by it a sufficient nutrition.
Lastly, it is an admirable therapeutic agent in some diseases of the
stomach. In ulceration of that organ, for instance, milk given
exclusive of all other food and even without any drugs whatever, acts in
a truly specific manner

I have, in the course of this paper repeatedly spoken of toxic
alkaloids, products formed during digestion in the stomach. I think it
proper to dwell a moment upon these curious phenomena which,
although within the province of pathology, still have a proximate
relation to alimentation and the functions of the digestive tube. You
have all heard of microbes, and bacteria; micro-organisms, the discovery
of which has had such an influence upon medical doctrines in general
and the theory of infectious diseases in particular.

It is to Pasteur that we owe the wonderful discovery of the role
played in our planet by a whole world of infinitely small beings which,
everywhere invisible and present, constitute by the manifestation of their

1 1

incessant activity, one of the greatest forces which govern matter and
determine its transformations. In applying all the faculties of his
deeply investigating mind to the study of these infinitely small beings,
much more powerful than the antediluvian monsters and often much
more dangerous, M. Pasteur has succeeded in watching them at work
in catching the play of their functions and in establishing their relations
to the phenomena of fermentation of which they are necessary agents.
These micro-organisms swarm by millions in the atmosphere.
They lie everywhere ; our clothes, our furniture, our books, the walls,
the hangings of our houses are covered with them. The water we use
for our ablutions, the water which purifies, as we fancy, the things it
washes, the water we drink, how many microbes does it not contain and
nourish ? Miguel has demonstrated that a single glass of Seine water
contained 300,000 microbes. Evidently, all these micro-organisms are
not malefactors : many of them are, on the contrary, for us very useful
auxiliaries, others are quite harmless or indifferent. But mixed with
these indifferent germs, there exists around us an immense quantity of
them which are formidable. Such are the germs of infectious and con-
tagious diseases, especially during epidemics.

These ferments, introduced with food into our stomach, feed them-
selves upon what we have prepared for our own nutrition ; they are our
guests, our parasites, and live upon the portion of our aliments which
we do not consume, clients who eat the leavings of the table. A great
number of them are immediately killed by the chlorhydric acid of the
gastric juice ; among those remaining some work for us, playing an
important role in the digestive transformation of alimentary substances,
but more often they openly work against us.

It has been thoroughly demonstrated by recent investigations, that
the pathogruic microbes secrete, by the fact of decomposition produced
by their vital action, special toxic substances, real nitrogenous bases
similar to the alkaloids extracted from vegetables, such as quinine,
morphine, strychnine, which dissolved in the fluids of the organism
produce a true poisoning. It is they which incessantly fabricate in the
digestive tube compound ammonia, such as indol, leucin, tyrosin,
phenol, scatol. Carbonic acid and other gases are set free, such as for
example, sulphurated hydrogen, and the products secreted by these

78

ferments, after their penetration into the economy give rise to the mani-
festations of a real poisoning. Such is the explanation of the strange
phenomena offered by those who suffer of what is commonly called
gastric embarrassment, indigestion, biliousness, flatulence, dyspepsia.
To prevent this state of things we have a double means at our disposal :
destroy the microbes by intestinal antisepsy and expel them from the
alimentary canal by purgatives.

Here we shall remark how much the interesting researches in putrid
fermentations of the intestines justify the traditional medication of our
forefathers, and the physicians rediculed by Moliere were not altogether
wrong after all, when they gave so much importance to the reiterated
expulsion of atrabiliary humours upon which depended most of the evils
that afflicted their clients.

But that is not all; there is something better than to cure an evil
when it has been produced ; the ideal is to prevent it. Well, it is a
known fact that animal food, such as meat and fish, is the aliment that con-
tains the greatest quantity of germs: moreover, we may consider all
albuminoid compounds as the most favorable soil for the origin and de-
velopment of ferments ; consequently for the production of these toxic
alkaloids.

You may, perhaps think that these considerations upon such a
wonderful subject as bacteriology, have altogether made me forget our
bill of fare. Not at all, and you will see that the conclusion of what I
have just said will naturally bring me back to the starting point of this
long digression. In fact, if we ever should find ourselves in presence of
these disorders commonly called flatulent dyspepsia our first duty may
be the getting rid, by the free administration of purgatives, of the mor-
bid products gathered in the stomach. But this is not everything; we
must above all suppress from alimentation all albuminoid food, since it
constitutes the materia prima of this excess of morbid fermentation.

Still the patient must be fed. Here is where the usefulness of
milk comes in, since that aliment is a complete food, as I have already
said, since it is the nitrogenous nutrient which contains the smallest
quantity of toxic germs. By the administration of this precious liquid
food, we shall have suspended all mechanical work from the suffering
stomach, which will be then in the position of a broken arm laid at rest

79

in a splint. Besides, the suppression of albuminoid food will prevent
the development of further fermentation and allow the digestive
functions to be restored to their normal state. This is what we are
doing every day, and we may say that we possess in a milky diet the
most powerful and efficacious means of treating and curing that so
common disease called dyspepsia.

As far as wines are concerned, you may see that I have given them
a large share in the drawing up of my bill of fare. And I believe that
I showed proof of extensive artistic knowledge about the choice and
distribution of their different kinds. White wines strike up the march
and sprinkle the soup and fish ; Bordeaux wines accompany the solid
joints ; Burgundy wines are associated with game, and Champagne with
the dessert. All these wines are endowed with particular bouquets
according to their variety, but the principle base of every one is alcohol,
which enters into their composition in the proportion of 7 to 15 per
cent. They contain also tannic acid and salts of potash, etc. Absorbed
in small quantities during meals, it is a known fact that they possess a
salutary action in assisting the secretion of gastric and pancreatic
juices. And they contribute to cheerfulness of mind and consequently
place the guests in excellent moral disposition, banishing from their
brain all cares and preoccupation, which, you will confess, is worth
consideration.

We know now, all the ingredients composing our alimentation.
Here they are briefly enumerated :

1. Albuminoids, especially derived from the animal kingdom and
the principal element of which is nitrogen united to carbon, hydrogen
and oxygen.

2. Ternary substances containing only carbon, oxygen and
hydrogen without azote, they are represented by sugars and feculents.

3 Fats deprived of oxygen, being consequently composed of carbon
alone and hydrogen.

4 Salts, which we meet in food supplied by both the animal and
vegetable kingdoms. These are the materials destined to the nutrition
of the body.

Now, what is the want of the organism ? The human body is a
living machine having two different kinds of functions viz. the functions

80

of relation, such as intellect, sensation, locomotion and voice and the
organic or vegetative functions, as digestion, absorption, respiration,
circulation, secretion, nutrition and calorification. These functions are
what we call life. Life means movement, which again is but a transfor-
mation of forces contained in nature. These forces are concealed in a
latent state in food, and their transformation into movement takes place
within the body by means of the digestive functions. Feculents and
sugars are consumed and provide animal heat, albuminoids and salts
are fixed in our tissues and repair the wastes produced by use. Lastly
fats, which have escaped oxidation are stored in the body and kept as
a reserve for further and unforeseen wants of the organism.

Among substances destined to repair the incessant loss of the
animal economy, some are directly absorbed and carried at once into
the circulatory torrent ; others deposited at the surface of the digestive
organs, must undergo the influence of juices which are poured in and
are modified so that they may be absorbed. This is the reason why
food introduced into the mouth successively travels over the different
parts of the digestive tract, being subjected by the way to various
mechanical actions, but especially to the action of varied fluids.

Let us take, if you please, the alimentary bole. Follow me, we
shall accompany it in its pilgrimmage into the depths of the digestive
tube and see what will take place. Let us suppose this alimentary bole
composed of albuminoids, feculent and fatty substances. Once
introduced into the buccal cavity, if finds itself in presence of a special
liquid called saliva. The latter contains a ferment named ptyaline, which,
while deprived of all action upon fats and albuminoids, possesses the
property cf converting feculent substances into dextrin, rendering them,
therefore, assimilable. Hence, the necessity of thorough mastication of
all starchy and sugared food, in order that these compounds shall be
well impregnated with saliva. Hence again the dyspeptic disorders
arising with people deprived of suitable teeth, as well as those who eat
as if they were pursued, allowing no time for this important function to
properly take place.

Arrived in the stomach, the alimentary bole meets with another

liquid, the gastric juice, which, like saliva, contains a ferment called

pepsin. The latter's task is to digest albuminoid substances, which it

81

transforms into peptones, a product eminently assimilable. These
peptones still possess some, of the chemical characters of albuminoids ;
they give, for instance, with nitric acid, a yellow precipitate of xantho-
proteic acid, but they have lost the property of coagulating under the
influence of heat or acids. Besides, when an albuminoid substance is
injected into the veins of an animal, it is found again in the urine, but
it is not so with peptones, which are absorbed into the economy, and
of which no traces are found in urintj, a proof that they have been
thoroughly assimilated.

So far, feculent and albuminoid compounds alone have undergone
the action of digestion, fats are intact. But when once it has been ex-
pelled from the stomach, the alimentary bol2, softened, modified,
reduced to the state of pulp, meets in the first parts of the small intes-
tines, another juice supplied by a gland called the pancreas. This fluid
plays in digestion a considerable role. Its ferment, " the pancreatine,"
possesses the property of completing the digestive action which began
in the buccal and gastric cavities. It modifies not only feculent and
albuminoid compounds, which escape the action of saliva and the
gastric juice, but it possesses besides the exclusive power of digesting
fatty substances. Uefresne, who made a careful study of the properties
of pancreatic juice, attributes to three distinct ferments the threefold
properties I have just mentioned ; A'mylapsine would luve the charge
of converting starch into sugar ; Steapsi?ic would favour the emulsion of
fats ; lastly, Myapsine would dissolve albuminoids.

After having undergone the action of pancreatic juice, the aliments
start on. their way through the small intestines. As they progress, their
consistency increases, while in the meantime their mass diminishes,
owing to the greater part of them being absorbed by the chyliferous
vessels. The excrementitious portion traverses the large intestine to be
evacuated per anum ; the absorbed portions pass through the mesen-
teric glands to the thoracic duct, and are finally poured into the left
subclavian vein, where they are mixed with the blood. They will here-
after belong to that regenerating fluid, which enters every organ,
through the circulation, distributing the nutritive principles to every
texture, and becoming the source of every secretion.

Gentlemen, in my quality of physician and hygienist, I do not

82

want to terminate my lecture without pointing out a common error
committed in our alimentation in general, an error just as prejudicial as
possible to the health of those who render themselves guilty of it, and
they are the greatest number.

You undoubtedly know Count Tolstoi, that remarkable Russian
writer, who within the last few years, has astonished the literary world
by the originality of his characters and the boldness of his theories in
social economy. He seems to have imposed upon himself the task of
regenerating society, morally as well as physically, and lately he wrote
peculiar articles which everywhere provoked a certain emotion. In
fact this celebrated philosopher, falling upon the idols that man worships
the most, emitted with his usual daring spirit the three following propo-
sitions :

i. Luxury is bad. 2 Our alimentation is too abundant. 3 We
must replace our animal alimentation by a vegetable one.

Naturally we have nothing to do with the first part of his thesis, but
with regard to the second proposition, I subscribe to it with both hands.
Yes, we eat too much. Almost everybody eats more than his hunger
commands, and how many in presence of a good dinner leave the table
only when it is impossible for them to eat any more? The old maxim
should never be forgotten that " we must eat to live but not live to eat."
And dw you know how little one need eat not merely to live but even to
live comfortably, and to secure for the body the necessary materials for
daily work? If we compared the quantity of food which suffices a poor
peasant and the food necessary to the wealthy citizen, we would feel
tempted to say that they were beings of different species. The fisherman
is satisfied with a piece of bread and cheese and the tourist who
accompanies him takes with him a whole kitchen paraphernalia.

The Arabian win; guides the excursionist through the desert
requires for food but a little bread and a few dates and it is not without
a 1 ertain expression of contempt, that he considers the baskets of pro-
visions, the cans of preserved meats and other innumerable ingredients
that the sportsman thinks necessary to take along with him under fear
of starvation.

Sheriff Sweetland, one night at a meeting of the Medico-chirurgical
Society, caused no little amazement, in stating that the cost required for
feeding a prisoner did not exceed S cents a day, that is 3 cents per meal.

83

He added, that being one day in England, in the course of a conversa-
tion with some officers of the London jails, these officers had found the
sum exorbitant. They said that each prisoner in London did not cost
them, for food, more than 4 cents daily. " If we fed them, they added,
at the rate of 8 cents, as you do in your country, our jails would soon
become insufficient to receive the mass of those who would rush in
solely to be fed in such a luxurious manner."

These examples suffice to demonstrate how few aliments are
required to keep life and repair the wastes of the organism. Twenty
grammes of nitrogen and 300 grammes of carbon are all that is wanted ;
or in other terms, physiologists have found that within 24 hours, 125
grammes of meat were sufficient for an adult, associated to 300 grammes
of potatoes and 50 grammes of butter and cheese. The food which is
taken in excess is not absorbed ; it then undergoes chemical changes in
the alimentary canal and at last putrifies ; and quantities of gas such as
carbon-dioxide, carburetted hydrogen and hydrogen sulphide are formed,
as I said before, in explaining the fermentation produced during the
digestive process. It is then, especially, that dyspepsia arises and that
constipation and irritation, causing diarrhoea which does not always
empty the bowels, are produced. Some of the putrid substances are
absorbed, and then appear signs of evident poverty of the blood, a
febrile condition, torpor and heaviness, fetor of the breath and some-
times, possibly, even jaundice.

When excess of albuminates continually passes into the system, if
especially a certain amount of exercise is not taken at the same time,
there is a want of proportion between the absorbed oxygen and the
absorbed albuminoids which lead, to imperfect oxidation. Nitrogenous
substances, instead of being converted into soluble urea, remain in the
state of insoluble uric acid ; gouty affections have no other origin.
Should excess of starchy food be taken, an excess of fat is produced
which accumulates in the tissues, leading to obesity with all its incon-
veniences.

In conclusion, what can we say of Tolstoi's third proposition, that
animal alimentation should be replaced by vegetable diet ? You know
\ that there exists a certain class of individuals who contend with Tolstoi
that animal alimentation is absolutely useless; they are called vegetarians

84

Here, we must mike a destinction. It is evident that animal food is
not absolutely necessary. Herbivores are beings like us, having the
same physiological laws of nutrition, heat and respiration and still they
do not starve although they consume no meat whatever. The Hindoos,
Arabians, Chinese and others are satisfied with rice, dates, flour,
vegetables, and fruits. If, to these aliments they join milk, eggs,
butter and cheese they then possess a perfectly sufficient alimentation.

Chemists and physiologists agree in saying that in bread, peas and
beans, there is enough azote to supply nutrition of the body. Cheese
of all others is the alimentary substance which under the smallest
volume contains the greatest quantity of nitrogen. Therefore the
question is decided ; we can live and live comfortably without eating
meat. But this proposition by no means involves the consequence
that animal alimentation must be given up. It is understood, and
accepted that a certain quantity of nitrogen is necessary to the repair of
our tissues. Milk, cheese, eggs, flour, fruits and vegetables can fully
supply this quantity of nitrogen, but that alimentation has the incon-
venience of requiring a large alimentary mass and consequently
necessitates a more lab >rious digestive work than if a small quantity of
meat were added to it. ioo grammes of bread contain about i gramme
of azote, whereas ioo grammes of meat contain 3 grammes of il.
Therefore as far as the nutrition in nitrogen is concerned, three times
more bread than meat would be required to meet the wants of the
organism. Besides, in supplying our system with the necessary quantity
of azote, by the means of feculents and vegetables alone-, we would be
compelled to introduce into the stomach a disproportionate quantity of
Starchy food, with all the dangers of an excess of this kind of alimenta-
tion. In short, no one group of aliments is capable of alone properly
sustaining healthy life and a combination of all, or nearly all the
different constituents of diet is required to accomplish the best results.

It remains to me, now, but to thank you for your kind attention.
I fear that I have perhaps abused your good will by the length of my
paper. The only excuse I have to offer is that I had unfortunately no
time to make it shorter. As it is, all my ambition has been to interest
Mm. If 1 have succeeded 1 declare myself happy and satisfied.

!I!(library) m)

85 \*V

NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY IN 1890, FROM GREAT'

SLAVE LAKE TO BEECHY LAKE, ON THE

GREAT FISH RIVER.

From the Journal of Mr. James McKinley, officer in charge at Fort Resolution, H. B. Co.

By D. B. Dowlikg, B.A. Sc.
The " Barren Ground of Northern Canada," is the title of a book
recently issued by Mr. Warburton Pike. It contains a popular descrip-
tion of his experience of travelling and hunting in the country north of
Great Slave Lake, and on the Peace River. A few notes from the
diary of his sometime fellow traveller, Mr. James McKinley, may be of
interest, as supplementing in a somewhat more detailed way the descrip-
tion there given of the country between Fort Resolution, on the Great
Slave Lake, and Beechy Lake, on the Great Fish River. A part of
their route was through the hitherto unexplored region immediately
north of the Great Slave Lake, a very rugged tract, dotted with lakes,
followed further north by a more even though somewhat hilly country,
almost barren, extending to Aylmer Lake.

Of previous explorations in the region to the north-eastward of
Slave Lake brief mention will be made.

The earliest we find was that of Samuel Hearne, commissioned by
the Hudson Bay Company to undertake an overland expedition, to
make explorations to the north west of the inland sea on which they
had their posts, and also to search for a large river, on which a copper
mine, was said to exist. Leaving Prince of Wales Fort, on the Church-
ill, he made two unsuccessful attempts to reach this river and copper
mine, but in the fall of 1770 he again started, and by the middle of
July, 1 77 1, had reached the Coppermine River. The map of his route,
with the latitudes of points of interest, are inaccurate and untrustworthy,
but it is quite certain that in the spring of 1771 he passed near, if not
over, Artillery and Clinton Golden Lakes. Returning in the faU of the
same season, he arrived at some point on the north shore of Great Slave
Lake, and crossed through a chain of islands to the south shore, where
he arrived about the beginning of 1772.

Other expeditions, including Franklin's two, have since passed by
the more western route. These seem to have passed to the west of the
district under consideration.

86

Owing to the long absence of Capt. John Ross of the Victory, in
the northern seas, a relief and exploring expedition was organized under
the command of Capt. Back, who intended reaching the north coast of
America by descending the Great Fish River. This was supposed to
flow in a north east direction, and reach the sea at no great distance
from the longitude in which Parry's ship, " Fury," had been abandoned
in 1824. It was known that Ross would endeavour to reach this spot
and take some of the store of provisions piled up on the beach. Capt.
Back, therefore, in 1833 reached Slave Lake, and advanced by Artillery
and Clinton Golden Lakes to Aylmer Lake, and made an examination of
the head waters of the Fish River. He then returned to the wooded
country to winter. At the eastern end of Slave Lake he built his
winter quarters, and called the house Fort Reliance.

On March 26th intelligence reached him of the return of Ross, so
that the expedition now was for exploration only.

Early in the spring a start was made, and during the summer he
successfully descended the river to the sea, and by fall had returned to
his former winter quarters, where he passed the winter of 1834-5, and
then returned to England.

One result of the explorations of Dr. Ross on the shores of the
Gulf of Boothia in 1853-4, was the obtaining of relics of the Franklin
expedition from ihe Esquimaux, with the information that some at least
of the party had reached the mainland, near the mouth of the Fish
River, though they probably all perished in that vicinity. England at
that time was engaged in the war in the Crimea, and could not at once
fit out a relief expedition, but asked the Hudson Bay Co. to undertake
and fit out an expedition to descend the Fish River, and search the
coast in the vicinity of its mouth. This expedition was under the
direction of Messrs. Anderson and Stuart, officers of the Company, who,
in 1855, made the descent of the river, but were only partly successful
in finding traces of the party, and returned to Fort Resolution the same
season.

The next traveller giving any account of this district is Mr. Pike,
as already noticed above.

During the season of 1889 Mr. Tike made a very interesting trip
northward, to a large lake lying to the westward of Aylmer Lake, to

87

which he gave the name " McKay Lake," in honour of Dr. McKay, the
Factor in charge of the Hudson Bay Go's posts in the Athabasca Dis-
trict. In this vicinity he spent some of the winter months, hunting the
Barren-ground Caribou and Musk-ox ere he returned to Slave Lake. It
was his intention to go much further north the ensuing summer via the
Great Fish River. With a view to encourage trade with the Esquimaux
who hunted in that district, Mr. Jas. McKinley, the clerk in charge of
Fort Resolution, joined with Mr. Pike informing a' somewhat large
party. The proposed route was evidently to retrace Mr. Pike's steps
northward to McKay Lake, thence coasting eastward to the outlet, and
following the Lockhart River to Aylmer Lake, from the north east
corner portaging to the Great Fish River, but after reaching Lac du
Mort on this route, a short distance north of Slave Lake, the direction
was changed to a more direct course, across country to the Lockhart
River.

On the afternoon of May 7th, with dog trains and sleds or tobog
gans, the party left the Hudson Bay Co's establishment at Fort Resolu-
tion, and travelled principally on the ice of the lake northward along
the eastern shore. On the 9th they crossed the lake to the group of
islands called by Capt. Back, Simpson's Group. Turning more to the
north east, their course for several days lay among the islands forming
this chain, and on the 13th they probably reached the narrows, or with-
in a short distance of that point. Here they met some Indians, and
halted to engage them to accompany the party. Much objection was
made owing to the scarcity of provisions, the Indians being in a starving
condition and the travellers but lightly equipped, This necessitated a
delay to hunt, and finally on the 23rd they all started and travelled
about ten miles. On the 23rd the travelling was slow, and they went
probably the same distance. Of that part of the lake the description
given in the journal is as follows : " The lake on leaving camp widens
out, is studded with rocky islands, and the banks on each side are high
and reeky, sparsely covered with stunted pine and birch." The next
day they travelled only about five miles on the lake to a small river, up
which they turned, leaving the Great Slave Lake. " We found on fol-
lowing up the little stream a succession of falls, which were all frozen,
with high banks of iee. These took us till evening to surmount, some

88

of the men packing and the rest helping the dogs. Climbed to the top
of the hill and found a high, rolling, rocky country ; hardly any trees to

be seen."

"May 25th. Made a portage for four miles to a long, narrow lake.
Then more rocky portages and small lakes till mid-day, when on account
of the thaw we halted near a high cliff at a small, round lake. Started
towards evening, and made a short portage into Lost Dog Lake. Made
a couple of miles on this lake, and left by a low valley and camped in
sight of Lac du Mort. Rocky ridges all around, here and there thinly
strewn with small pines. If it were not for the lakes, which cut up the
country, it would be impassable. They are generally more like a river
than a lake. The portages are short, and continue to get lower the
further we get away from the range of hills which skirts the north east
shore of Slave Lake. The track is fairly straight. West of north is the
general course.

"May 26th. By mid-day reached the north end of Lac du Mori,
where we were obliged to camp. Made about eight miles. This lake-
is rather large, with long bays surrounded by smooth, rocky hills or
banks nearly destitute of timber. This gives it much the appearance of
a lake in the rolling prairie.

" May 27th. The party remained in same cam]), hunting in the
vicinity with apparently little success. Of the country seen, he says it
consists of " long ridges of either smooth rock or piles of loose stones,
similar to the edge of the lake, between which are mossy valleys or
narrow lakes."

" May 28th. Travelled to the end of Lac du Mort and portaged
to the next lake." Here they thought they had found a cache of meat,
and spent a couple of days trying to thaw it out, but it proved a disap-
pointment, and they halted still longer, hunting the country over to find
the deer. They travelled now only short distances a mile or two
towards reported bands of deer. Of the country he says: "We have
now got past the last of the belt of hills which lie to the north of Lac
du Mort. The country, looking ahead north, is a level or rather rolling
field of snow as far as the eye can see. The snow is perceptibly deeper
as we go north." " In the immediate vicinity the rocky ridges are often

89

covered with loose boulders, while between, lakes occupy the low
ground ; a fine grass thinly shows amongst the moss, rather like bunch
grass ; wood now and then in sheltered places." On the 3rd June they
succeeded in getting among the caribou, and the journey was resumed.

" June 3rd. Made a small portage to Bear Head Lake. Travelled
in the night on account of the heavy thaw. Camped about midnight.

" June 4th. Were obliged to pass the day in the same place on
account of the heavy thaw. Since the caribou are apparently in more
numbers to the east of the track we have been following, the Indians
have decided to break off and cross to Capt. Blanc's route or Stewart
and Anderson's track. The endless chain of lakes which intersect the
barren, stony ridges, enables one to take any direction.

" June 5th. Shifted camp across the lake to get wood, having burnt
up all around this camp. Snow drifting like mid-winter. Found a fine
clump of pines in which to camp. The lake is about two miles and a
half wide at this point.

" June 6th. Shifted camp a couple of miles to the end of Bear
Head Lake. This is a lake I should say of about 10 or 12 miles in
length, and of about two miles in width. Surrounding country still of
rolling, broken ridges. The party remained in same camp till June 9th.
Some further notes of the surrounding country observed on<.their hunt-
ing excursions are added. The country still the same as that to the
west. Rolling ridges, broken rocks and loose stones, often of immense
size balanced on a few smaller ones, are a very common feature. The
ground is covered with several kinds of mosses, and a small plant bear-
ing a small black berry. Cranberries are also to be found in the swamps,
where there is also a short grass with a thin, round blade. Wood is
getting scarce, and only to be found in sheltered spots.

"June 9th. Off this morning and made probably 8 miles. Course,
N. E , to strike Capt. Blanc's track, first on two small lakes and then
on a long one^ in appearance like a river, at the end of this we camped.
After dinner we all started off hunting. The country still of the same
appearance, but not a single stick of wood did I sec. Noticed mica in
small quantities, of a poor quality. The rocks are of small sizes, being
split up by the frost and other causes.

90

"Juneioth. Heavy t thaw, with water on the ice of the lakes.
Made about 4 miles on small lakes, with short portages between. Wood
is very scarce at this camp, and we can only find a few dry roots on
spots where the snow is off the ground. The same bleak country.
Red and gray granite rocks and ledges everywhere.

"June nth. Travelled about five miles in an easterly direction, on
a long, narrow, winding lake. The hills are a good deal higher to-day,
with rougher abrupt bluffs and broken rocks. Leaving the lake we
made a small portage, and camped below a bank of fine sand of a red
colour, on the edge of another lake at the end of the little rocks. This
is on Stewart and Anderson's route, where they canoed it to the Great
Fish River. The bank of sand on which we are now camped extends
for a couple of miles, and is perhaps half a mile in width. It is quite
a pleasant sight after the monotonous rocks. It is formed into ridges,
mounds and hollows like its rocky neighborhood, and bears a few small
stunted pines here and there."

Owing to the thaw the water from the melting snow had so ac-
cumulated on the lakes, that the party were obliged to wait until the ice
and snow had so loosened as to rise above this. The snowshoes were
no longer needed, and consequently had been abandoned. Four days
were lost on this account, and on June 15th a start was made again, but
the travelling was very bad, only about 5 miles being the progress for
the day. The lake, from their account, would be about 15 miles in
length, with many rocky islands and points. Good whitefish reported
in it, though the party did not set any nets.

June 1 7th. "Started in the morning and travelled 8 or 9 miles to
the north eastern end of the lake, and made a portage of about a mile,
camping half way on it on account of the scarcity of wood. Here there
are only bushes of stunted pines ; the largest is not a yard in height.
They are of a considerable size at the base, from which the branches
spring ; the whole is bent and crooked in every imaginable position,
and generally dry at the top.

fune [8. Finished the portage, and travelled on a narrow lake
about 5 miles, to where a little river joins it with the next lake in our
route. The ice in it we found had gone, so we had to make a portage
of about a mile and a half over the hills.

" The whole of this section of the country is simply a bed of stones
no gravel or earth of any kind, but the stones piled on each other with
great holes between. The country much the same in appearance, only
less large bluffs of rock, and now and again large areas covered with
loose stones. No bushes, except on the borders of lakes, and occa-
sionally small patches of grass in the hollows.

"June 19th. Left the men packing down to the lake and started
ahead to see some clumps of large pines. The bay we first reach is a
long inlet, running north and south about six miles. At its northern
end it widens out, forming a large, apparently circular lake of about ten
miles in diameter. The narrows being three or four miles wide, we
there took the western shore and passed over a pretty fair level country,
having more soil and stretches of grass, and sandy hills and ridges, and
several patches of pines suitable for building purposes and firewood.
On the whole it is the best country seen since leaving Slave Lake.
Parties who took the east shtjre of the bay report the country unsually
smooth and level. All around the lake there is plenty of firewood. A
small river runs out to the south from the north east end of the bay.
Our party with the dog trains followed the east and south shores of the
lake, and camped at the south east end, having made some sixteen or
eighteen miles. Good travelling on the ice. Duration of sun light for
the day, 2oh., 40".

June 20th. Left camp about mid-day and made a portage to the
east of about two and a half miles into a long, narrow lake, running
northwards. Went about two miles on this lake, and camped on a dry
point. The country north of this appears level as far as one can see,
and less covered with boulders and rock than that we have left behind.
Small bushes of pines in clumps in the low ground. The travelling on
the ice is much improved, owing to the surface water having drained
off.

June 2 1 st. Taking the right side of the lake we found the country
much more level than we had seen it. It consists of long, smooth,
sandy ridges, covered thinly with bunch grass, while ii the muskegs and
on the edges of the numerous small lakes much more grass is to be
found, with small pine bushes in the sheltered spots. We must now be
getting very near to the so called last woods."

92

The party camped early after travelling about ten miles, as they
had succeeded in killing sufficient deer to keep them busy the rest of the
day cutting up and drying, and also a sufficient supply to give them a
quiet Sunday in camp.

" June 23rd. While the men were fixing up the sled for a start we
went ahead, crossing a point on the south east side, where w r e found a
small stream entering the lake. Here the Indians were successful in
catching several fine trout, which we roasted for dinner. The country
we found rocky, and intersected with small lakes. The party with the
dog sleds made about eight miles.

"June 24th. Made about four miles to the end of the lake, which
is probably about twenty miles in length, and from two to two and a
half in breadth. Then portaged over a mile to the north east end of
another small lake, which we crossed about three miles, and pitched
our camp. Wood is getting very scarce. In winter the little that is
here must be covered deep with snow.

" June 25th. From here we have to make a portage of four miles
to a small lake on the course of the Lockhart River, which connects
McKay Lake and Aylmer Lake. Found the river open between the
lakes, and lots of water at the lake edge. Went about two miles on the
north east bay of this lake to the outlet the Lockhart River and
camped on the north bank. The native soil of the Musk-ox. Here a
portage has to be made of over a mile over a rocky hill. On the road
we saw a couple of Musk-ox heads killed a couple of years ago by one
of our men. The country near the mouth of the river is smooth and
sandy, with a good deal of muskeg. On the north bank a range of hills
runs north east, having the general aspect of rocky and rough land.
Aylmer Lake, as seen from this point, bends away to the south east.
The river that runs below this hill is probably about a mile in length
from the intermediate small lake to Aylmer Lake.

"June 2(>th. From here we sent several men up the river to McKay
I.ake to bring back a large birch canoe, used by Mr. Pike last year,
the Indians taking our baggage on their sleds. Got on the rocky por-
tage and had dinner, and then started off on Aylmer Fake, but found

To be Continued.

93

EXCURSION No. 3.

Taking advantage of the kind invitation of Mr. and Mrs William
Borthwick, which had heen standing for some time, the Club made its
third excursion for the present season, on Saturday, 8th July, to Borth-
wick's Springs, in the Township of Gloucester, some seven miles east of
Ottawa. Mr. Borthwick has entered upon the production of truit as
well as the sale of it, and large plantations of small fruits have been
made, with promise of great success. About thirty members attended.
The trip was made in vans, starting from the Post Office at 2 p.m., and
in spite of a violent thunderstorm which overtook them on the way, all
reached the objective point without mishap shortly before four. Here
they were hospitably received by Mr. and Mrs. Borthwick, and the
weather soon clearing the party proceeded to inspect the spring. This
lies in a marshy tract at the foot of the hill on which the house stands,
and close to one of the branches of Green's Creek. A building has
been placed over the spring, with appliances for barrelling and shipping
the water, which is sold largely in and about Ottawa. It is of a rather
pleasant saline taste, and is celebrated for its mildly aperient properties.
An analysis made several years ago by Dr. J. Baker Edwards, of
Montreal, is given below. The well known peat-bog, the Mer Bleue,
commences a short distance farther to the east, and it had been intend-
ed to pay it a visit, but owing to the condition of the ground after the
storm this had to be omitted. After a generous lunch, provided by the
hostess, the Vice-President, Mr. F. T. Shutt, took the chair, and devoted
a few opening remarks to the subject of mineral springs, their geologi-
cal origin and chemical constituents. He then introduced Messrs R.
B. Whyte and John Craig, who delivered addresses upon the botanical
specimens collected during the afternoon. Mr. Whyte drew attention
to a number of beautiful flowers of easy cultivation, such as the Cone
flowers (Rudbeckia) and native orchids, charasteristic of that district,
which should be found in every garden. The apt and striking way in
which the distinguishing points between different species were described
gave Mr. Whyte's lecture additional interest.

An addition was made to the local list of plants, in the shape of
Ranunculus sceleratus, found by Mr. J.*F. Whiteaves.

94

Mr. Craig spoke of the economic value of some of the grasses found
in the vicinity, emphasizing the value of June grass for lawns, and the
necessity of making a continual warfare on quack grass.

A vote of thanks to the host and hostess was moved by Capt.
McElhinney, and gracefully acknowledged by Mr. Borthwick. The
return journey was then undertaken and Ottawa was reached about
sundown. A. G. K.

ANALYSIS OF THE WATER BY DR EDWARDS.

The specific gravity is 1.008. It is not aerated, nor is it alkaline.
It contains (in 1000 parts) of saline and earthy chlorides, 11.9 grains,
and of bromides and iodides, 0.4 grains. It contains, like some of its
congeners, a small portion of strontium, and both bromide and iodide
of magnesium. Of total solid saline matter, it contains per Imperial
gallon of 70,000 giains, which I estimate to be combined as follows :

Chlorides, 833 grains per gallon, combined as

Chloride of Sodium 784-70

Chloride of Potassium 10. 50

Chloride of Stroutium l 4"

Chloride of Calcium 14-7

Chloride of Magnesium 21.70

Bromide and Iodide of Magnesium 2.80

Sulphate of Strontium 2 - IO

Sulphate of Calcium ! 5-4

Sulphate of Magnesium 19.60

Silica and Oxide of Iron, etc 4-9

Saline contents of one Imperial Gallon 877.80

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF MANITOBA SOIL
The Cause of its Great Fertility Explained.

In the American Chemical Journal, Vol. XIV, No. 8, is a particu-
larly interesting article by Mr. F. P. Dunnington, in which comparative
analyses by Mr. T. C Whitlock are given of examples of (1) Soil, fur-
nished by Dr. George M. Dawson, F.R.S., etc., from the prairie lands
of Red River, taken at Rosser, about 15 miles west of Winnipeg, and
(2) Tschernozem or Black Earth of Russia, from the district of P.ala-
shoff, in the government of Saratoff. The specimens are described as
so similar in appearance that thef cannot be . distinguished by the eye.

95

ANALYSIS.

Manitoba.

Russia.

Sand

59-82

53-71

Silica, amorphous

5-45

12.80

Ferric oxide

4.00

4-13

Alumina

7.14

6.04

Titanic oxide

.64

.63

Lime

.61

75

Magnesia

.61

.21

Sulphuric oxide

03

.06

Carbonic oxide

37

.02

Phosphoric oxide

13

.16

Potash (with trace of Soda)

1. 91

1.97

Organic matter

12.49

14.91

Containing humus (soluble in ammonia)

( -45)

( -44)

" total nitrogen

( -44)

( .31)

Water

6.86

5-04

99.76

100.43

" With the exception of the amounts of carbonic acid, and of the propor-
tion of the silica which is amorphous, the composition of these two
specimens is almost identical.

"The peculiarly large amounts of organic matter and nitrogen, as
well as of the principal constituents of the ash of plants, lime, potash
and phosphoric acid, are all to be noted and accord with the well known
exceeding fertility of each of these soils.

" The soil from Manitoba is described by Dr. Dawson as spread
with great uniformity over the Red River Valley, a wide prairie on
the first or lowest prairie level of the north western country. It has a
depth of say one to four feet, and consists of the superficially modified
parts of the sediments of a later glacial or post-glacial lake, which at

greater depths are found in the form of well bedded silts The

surface is a dark mould, composed of the same material as the subsoil,

but mingled with much vegetable matter The uniform fertility of

this soil cannot be exaggerated.

"The Tschernozem or Black Earth of Russia has long been famous
by reason of the heavy crops which it has, in many localities, annually
produced for almost a century. Prof. Krassnof, in a paper (Proc. Geol.
S. Amer. 1891, p. 68,) describes it as distributed over the steppes of the

96

south eastern portion of European Russia. He concludes that this
black colour is due to an accumulation of vegetable matter from the
herbaceous plants of the poorly drained steppes of the post glacial
deposits which overlie the loessoid clays, so difficultly permeable to
water. At the close of this paper he draws attention to the close cor-
respondence which exists between the climate of Russia and that of the
prairie land of Minnesota, and suggests the probable similarity of the
soils of these regions.

" The above analyses make it to appear that the Tschernozem and
the soil of the Red River prairies are similar in chemical composition ;
they occur in the same latitude, with the same general relief and climate,
and from the above quoted authorities are judged to have a similar geo-
logical history ; may they not, therefore, be properly considered as of
the one variety of soil, " Black Earth."

BOOK NOTICES.

Scudder, S. H. A Brief Guide to the Commoner Butterflies of
the United States and Canada. 121110., 12 + 206 pp. Henry Holt &
Co., New York.

In our August, 1892, number we gave notice of a Butterfly book
for boys which Mr. Scudder had in preparation. We took occasion
then to point out the advantage of all young people having some hobby
in natural history, and looked forward with pleasure to the early appear-
ance of this work, which should, we thought, act as a first stepping stone
from which young students might find an easy entry to one of the most
attractive fields of study offered to us by Mother Nature. Such a book,
which was much wanted, has now been prepared by Mr. Scudder in his
characteristic manner, and has been published by Messrs. H. Holt &
Co. as a neat duodecimo of convenient form, well printed and got up.
This little work treats only of the commonest butterflies, such, in fnct,
as any energetic collector in the Northern States or Canada is pretty
sure to take within a year or two. It is to be followed by a more com-
plete Manual of the Butterflies of North America, north of Mexico, to
hi- issued at an early date, and prepared in a similar style to Cray's
M.mual of the plants of the Northern States. Mr. Scudder's Brief

97

Guide will, we believe, be the means of inducing many to take up the
study of butterflies, who have been prevented from doing so for want of
a suitable and accurate book. The introductory chapters, treating gen-
erally of the nature, structure and habits of butterflies are very concise,
covering the ground well, and with the concluding chapters where in-
structions are given for the collection, preservation and rearing of insects,
provide the beginner with all that is necessary to -make him a good
naturalist. J. F.

Scudder, S. H. The Life of a Butterfly. 121110. pp. 186, 4 plates.
Under the above title Mr. Scudder has written in untechnical lan-
guage a charming little book, in which while recounting the life-history
of the Milk-weed Butterfly, he compares it with other species and
succeeds in condensing into a remarkably small space an account of the
most interesting features in the lives of the whole tribe of butterflies.
It has been prepared for the general reader, and the hope is
expressed that it " may perhaps gain for butterflies the serious study of
some who had before looked at them as merely pretty creatures, types
ot the frivolous," we feel sure that it will do this and much more besides.
We recommend it heartily to all boys and girls of healthy mind, to
naturalists and to thoughtful readers. J. F.

ENTOMOLOGY.

Edited by J. Fletcher.

Hypomolyx pineti Fabr. This large pine-weevil has not been pre-
viously recorded from our district, but a dead specimen, in good condi-
tion, was found at Casseiman (June 10th) in the leaf of a pitcher-plant.
Among the contents of leaves examined Cytilus sericeus appeared very
frequently. A small, pale crustacean was also not uncommon, and
seemed to thrive in its prison cell. YV. H. H.

Adimonia rufosanguinea Say. At the Mer Bleue this pretty little
Chrysomelid was very abundant upon Kalmiaaugustifolia, and occurred
also occasionally on other plants Hitherto I had generally taken this
species upon the wild cherry. W. H. H.

Aplwdius prodromtis Brahm. This European beetle appears to be
extending its range westward. Dr. Horn, in his monograph of the
sub-family (1887,) recorded it from Maine and Montreal. Several

98

years ago I received a specimen from my brother in Campbellton,
N.B., and soon after specimens from the late Mr. Caulfield, of Montreal.
This year Mr. Fletcher took several at the Experimental Farm at the
end of May, and I captured one at Eastman's Springs. W. H, H.

Desmocerus pal/iatus Forst. On June 14th I took a pair of these
beautiful longicorns upon an Elder bush, and on the 26th received one
from Col. Chamberlin, which he had taken in his garden in New Edin-
burgh. The larva lives in the stems of the Elder, and the beetles,
though not common, can usually be found by a careful examination of
the shrubs in June. It is perhaps the handsomest of our Cerambycidce,
especially when alive and in the sun light. It is almost an inch long, of
a deep steel-blue colour, and with a bright yellow band across the base
of the elytra, from which it derives its name of the Cloaked Desmo-
cerus. W. H. H.

Dityhis cceruleus Rand. While at Casselman (June 10th) two fine
examples of this usually rare beetle were taken, almost accidentally.
The first crawled up on a log where we were collecting Tritoma hume-
talis in fungi, and the second came crawling up to us as we were lunch-
ing. This beetle seems to inhabit swampy areas, as last June we cap,
tured specimens in a beaver-meadow at Sudbury, and another was taken
about the same time at the St. Louis Dam by Mr. J. A. Guignard. The
western species of this genus seem to be more abundant, as numerous
specimens have been received from British Columbia. W. II. H.

Ergates spiculatus Lee. A fine female of this beetle has been received
from Rev. Father Dontenwill, O.M.I., now principal of St. Louis
College, New Westminster, B.C., who a few years ago was a frequent
attendant at our Monday afternoon lectures. E. spiculatus is the largest
beetle found in Canada, and belongs ro the Longicorns or wood-borers.
The present specimen measures 2 ; ;- ; inches from the front of the head
to the end of the body, and inch across the base of wing cases. J. F.

Ar^ynnis Triclaris Hub, in the Ottawa District. I was much surprised
and pleased at taking a few specimens of this rare butterfly in the Mer
Bleue, on 13th and 14th June. It is a northern species found in
Labrador, at Hudson Bay and in the Rocky Mountains. The size and
general appearance when on the wing are similar to A. Myrina i but the

99

flight is stronger. It was no easy matter to run them down over the
soft sphagnum swamp as they dodged amongst the stunted spruces,
with the thermometer ranging between So and 90 degrees. J. F.

Diplax costifera\Jh\. Two specimens of this rare dragonfly have been
taken this summer by Master Stephen MacLaughlin, in Powell's Grove.
One specimen was taken here some years ago by Mr. T. J. MacLaugh-
lin, but the exact locality was not then noted.

BOTANY.
Edited by W. Scott, B.A.

Aphyllon uniflorum at London, Ont. Some fine specimens of this
interesting Orobanch were found on June 2nd in Mount Pleasant Cem-
etery, near London, Ont. They were growing in the grass, the large
purple corollas having a very attractive appearance. This is the first
record of the plant being found near London. Some more specimens
were found in the woods on June 10th. The same plant has been col-
lected also by Mr. J. Dearness, of London, in the Township of MacGilli-
vray, Ont. J. Alston Moffat, Lo?idon, Ont.

The Mayflower. Some beautiful specimens of Epigcm tepens have
been received from Fort Coulonge by Miss McKellar, of the Richmond
Road. Members of the Club will always hear with interest and
satisfaction of new localities in our district for this floral treasure of the
spring. R. H. Cowley.

Erythrcea Centaurium, Pers. (Centaury.) I found this elegant
little member of the Gentian family growing in some numbers among
grasses and flowering at the end of August at Roach's Point, Lake
Simcoe. Gray's Manual (revised edition) gives as localities, " Waste
ground, shores of Lakes Ontario and Michigan." The only Canadian
record mentioned in Macoun's Catalogue is " Sandy wastes on Sable
Island, off the coast of Nova Scotia. Collected July, 1870, (Mrs.
Al/rwn.)" I therefore thought that this note might be of interest to the
readers of the Naturalist. C. J. S. Bethune, Port Hope, Ont.

LIBRARY-

100

GEOLOGY.
Edited by II. M. Ami, LL. I)., F.G.S.A., Etc.

On a small collection of Fossils from the Trenton Limestones of Port
Hope : Port Hope is situated on the north shore of Lake Ontario, near
the mouth of Jones's Creek, a stream which is slowly cutting for itself a
bed in the hard Trenton limestone. In former ages it was a stream of
much greater dimensions, and evidences of raised beaches are seen along
both sides of its valley. The higher ground is here occupied by clays,
mostly glacial, and sub aerial denudation has played a prominent part in
making for the town its peculiar orographic site above the present level
of the lake.

On the occasion of my last visit I saw an outcrop i( limestone, at
the Rapids near the Bridge and foot of the main business street, from
which a number of fossils were obtained, or noted. They were all
typical or rather common Trenton forms, and are here recorded only
because I have so far seen no list of fossil remains from this locality.
The species are as follows :

i. Crinoidal fragments. 2. Heterocrinus simplex v. Canadensis,
Billings. 3. Stictopora acuta, Hall. 4. Prasopora Selwyni, Nicholson,
( = P. lycoperdon, Rones.) 5. ? Diplottypa Whitcavesi, Nicholson.
6. Lingula sp. 7. Ortliis testudinaria, Dalman. 8. Lepttena sericea,
Sowerby. 9. Strop/iomena alter nai'a, Conrad. 10. Anazyga recurvi.
rostra, Hall. 11. Vanuxemta Montr ealensis, Billings. 12. Modiolopsis
sp. indt. 13. Ttochonema timbilicalum, Hall. 14. Orthoceras sp. 15.
Dalmaniles callicephalus, Green. 16. Asaphus platycephalus, Stokes.
17. A. Canadensis, Chapman. 18. Calymene senaria, Conrad.

It would thus appear that the light grey, somewhat bituminous and
impure limestones of Port Hope belong to the Trenton and well up in
that formation. With time to collect along Jones's Creek, a careful
observer should obtain much interesting material. H. M. A.

THE NEX r EXCURSION

Will probably he to Paugan falls, on the Gatineau Valley Railway.
Arrangements are being made for as early a date in September as
possible.

101

NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY IN 1890, FROM GREAT

SLAVE LAKE TO BEACHY LAKE, ON THE

GREAT FISH RIVER.

From tlie Journal of Mr. James McKinley, officer in charge at Fort Resolution, H. B. Co.

By D. B. Dowlino, B.A. Sc.
(Continued from page 92.)
the walking on the ice very bad. Collected all the small drift willows
at the points passed, as there is no wood here. Made about five or six
miles and camped on a low point a short distance from a small river
that falls in on this side the lake. The banks of this lake appear to be
low and covered with grass, gradually rising as they recede from the
lake. The Indians are now nearly all carrying canoes on their sleds,
picked up here and there, where they had been cached on the route.

"June 27th. Followed the north shore of the lake, and found it
nearl) level and good walking, but had to take the ice to avoid streams
which were open. The north shore continued level, but we crossed a
deep bay where the hills came to the lake again. Here we camped on
a small island after travelling about eight mi'es. Willows, etc., for fire-
wood, have to be carried on our sleds from wherever they can be picked
up.

"June 28th. Started off again in a north east direction, making
about eight miles. We have kept the north side of the lake all along.
It is indented by many long bays, and dotted with islands. A greater
portion of the hill sides are grassy slopes, and the level plateaus covered
with moss and grass, with here and there ridges of rocks and stones.
There seems quite enough feed for horses and cattle in summer, but
there is not a sign of anything in the shape of bushes large enough to
make a fire. Moss is the only thing in this region that will burn. The
canoe route to Slave Lake stretches away to the south east, through an
arm of this lake, then through several other lakes connected by the
Lockhart River, to the eastern end of Slave Lake. From the western ex-
tremity of McKay Lake to the eastern end of this lake is about one
hundred and fifty miles, general course, east and west, all of good navi-
gable water. The route to Fish River from here is north east to the
end of the bay running in that direction, then a portage of some length
to the headwaters of that river.

a*

c

July i st. Started late on account of fog, but made the end of this
nay, called Sandy Bay, which we have been following, and camped on a
high bank of sand. Close by to the north of us, a range of sandy hills
and banks runs east and west, at the foot of which a small stream, one of
the sources of the Great Fish River, runs. The country in sight and
surrounding, consists of prairie ridges, with most of the hollows occupied
by small lakes. We have finished our sled work, and as our large canoe
is in good condition, we are prepared for a trip down the river, having
plenty of ammunition and fishing gear. We will probably have a few
days delay where we finally part with the indians, getting shoes made
and meat dried to cache along our route, to insure our way back.

"July 2nd. Remained in camp at Sandy Bay, repairing canoes,
dressing leather &c.

" J u b' 3 r d- The indians with their small canoes, portaged to the
south west, crossing a narrow lake on the ice, and then turned north-
ward, and camped when they reached the river. Our men passed down
by the small river, but had much trouble getting through, breaking the
canoe shortly after starting, as the river was very shallow and full of
stones. Seven portages had to be made, and much time spent follow-
ing the open waters on the margin of the larger ice covered lakes, so
that it was about two o'clock when they joined the camp. The camp on
Sandy Bay is probably not over four or five miles from us here, in a
straight line to the southeast. Among the rocks on the river bank,
there are enough dry sticks foi firewood. No pines of any description
are to be seen, nothing but willows ; but they grow to a good size for
this quarter. The country is a rolling prairie, with more moss and
stones, but less grass than the prairies south. The banks and bed of
the stream, are stoney, widening out here and there into narrow lakes,
connected by the river which is there generally rapid.

"July 4th. Portaged the canoe over a bad part of the river, to a
lake, around the edge of which there is a narrow passage. Striking
inland, 1 crossed a couple of small streams falling into this river, and
saw a large lake to the west. The country is grass covered ridges, with
here and there, mostly on the margins of small lakes, piles of rocks.
The course ol the river to-day, is about due north, on which we have

10.3

made only about five miles, camping at the mouth of a small branch
entering this lake expansion, which is called Musk Ox Lake.

" July 5th. Started off again this morning, but made poor headway,
as the canoe has to follow the shore line, where there is only a small
passage free from ice. We made probably four or five miles on Musk Ox
Lake, which lies nearly north and south, and is from a mile to a mile
and a half in breadth. This shore of the lake is pretty much the
same as that seen yesterday, being bordered by grassy hills and
valleys, but from here north is yet more hilly and rocky. The eastern
shore appears rough and rocky."

Near the northern end of this lake, there appears to be a
favorite crossing for deer, that being possibly a narrower pass, and
as there is an island there the deer in swimming has a resting
place in the middle of the swim. Here the indians expected to
make a big hunt, or to slaughter great numbers in the water, and thus
make a supply of dry meat for the trip onward. From the hides they
make their shoes, and often other articles of wearing apparel. Conse-
quently the party halted here, moving their camp the next evening, a
few miles further north, to a commanding position overlooking the
probable place of slaughter. A party consisting of a few hunters had
been despatched a few days previously to this place, but very few deer
had been seen and consequently the hunt was not very satisfactory.
This necessitated a much longer delay than was expected, and any game
that could be had was taken. Generally the Musk Ox is not relished
as an article of diet, but they were compelled to shoot numbers of these
animals to supply the larder. Of this lake and vicinity the Journal says :

<: To the east of our camp across the lake, are the Musk Ox
mountains, more properly hills. Northward the country appears to
get wild and rocky again. At a distance of three or four miles,
a ridge of hills runs north and south, at the foot of which is
a river flowing from the westward out of a large lake to this
river. The rocky ridge on which we are camped extends to the
north west, and from a hill on it, a couple of miles out, can be seen the
west branch of this river, of about the same size as the one we followed,
flowing in a large valley, apparently a mile or two in breadth, sloping up

104

gradually to the hills by which ii is bordered. A smaller stream flowing
from some small lakes in sight, joins the river just below this place. A
few remains of snow drifts still are to be seen here and there, but the
country generally appears green and fresh."

Several very stormy days on which it snowed pretty steadily, kept
them all in camp, after this they decided from the small hunt to move
on, so thai after a slay of eight or ten days, they were again going
northward. The river leading from the lake was very shallow and
nearly impassible, so a portage, two miles and a half in length, was made
northward over rocky country, to a lake, apparently in the same chain.
Camp was made on the shore of this lake, and on the morning of July
1 8th, they started in the canoe again.

" Found the lake to be of about two miles in length, just as the
river leaves it there is a rapid, in the centre of which is a small island
on which we made a portage. Onwards, we found the river the whole
way, with the exception of three small rapids, two of which we ran, more
of the nature of narrow lake expansions than a river. It has very little
current, and is very deep, with a width averaging two hundred yards.
We passed through two lakes beside the one on which we camped last
night, of two or three miles in length. On both sides of the river the
country is rough, being covered with hills and bluffs of grey rock and
stones. The general course of the river is north east. After having
made eighteen miles we camped at the point where the river leaves the
third lake, on the western bank where there is a fine sandy beach with
a grassy bank rising to a hill behind. This Mr. Pike and I climbed and
from there we had a good view ahead. The country we found fine and
smooth, again with grassy ridges and valleys.

"July 19th Starting out, we found a strong current with small
rapids widening out again, after about a mile, into a long narrow lake
possibly ten miles in length. A river from the west was noticed shortly
after leaving camp. The banks on both sides were rocky. Leaving
this lake the river flows for three or four miles with strong current having
three or four rapids all of which we ran, then we enter a small lake on
which, on finding a line sandy beach on the east shore, we camped.
From the north end of the long lake the country is pretty level prairie

lo:,

with sandy hills and plenty of grass. A little before we reached the
lake another stream enters from the west.

"July 20th. Remained in same camp. From a hill hack of camp
saw a large lake still apparently covered with ice.

" July 2 ist. Paddled to the end of the lake, about a mile. Here a
ledge of rock runs across, to pass which we were obliged to portage
everything, then we cross a small lake perhaps two miles long, entering
the river again. It has here a small current but no real rapids. In a
very short distance the river expands into a lake of a mile in length?
then contracting into a narrow channel with a rapid. This we ran
light, portaging the cargo. From the foot of this rapid the river widens
out with a sluggish current for two miles, then a lake expansion for
another two miles. To this point the morning's course has been nearly
due north. From this lake we enter rough water, two miles being
nearly all rapids. The upper half it was impossible to run so portaged
but ran the lower half and entered a narrow winding lake, on which
we made three or four miles and camped on a sandy ridge. A great
deal of the country passed to-day consisted of benches and ridges
probably grass covered, the banks of the river and lakes being high
enough to conceal the view. Near the camp the banks of the lake become
much lower being merely a long grassy slope to the sandy beach. There
is very little wood in this part of the country and we have to use moss
and green stuff for fire.

"July 22nd. About four miles' paddling brought us to the end of
the lake direction about due north then into the river again for about
a mile, strong current but deep and good, we then cross a small lake of
perhaps two miles in length. Here we turn to the east, the river
flowing out of a bay at. that end."

Here the party discovered an abandoned camp where the
Esquimaux had spent some part of the previous season. After
searching the place carefully, the indians determined the probable
date of their departure and also the time of occupation, number
of families and other details. Starting again the river was followed for
nine or ten miles and found to be a large and deep stream, with strong
current flowing through a fine prairie Hat, with hills which appeared

ion

smooth and urass covered, standing well back from the river. Then
they entered a small lake on the north shore of which they pitched their
cam]) under a rocky hill. Here there was fortunately a good supply of
willow for fire wood. The prairie tract through which they had
passed was sandy and dry, while near the rocks which they seem to
have reached again more scrub willow is found growing in the sheltered
corners where there is a little soil. The general course since leaving
the Esquimaux abandoned camp "has been well to the east.' - The river
leaves this lake at its north eastern end and is noted as consisting of
alternate stretches of small lake expansions and narrow channel with
strong current. There are two rapids but both were run. The series
of lake and river stretches are estimated at ten miles. Beechy Lake is
then entered upon and here on July 23rd the party had lunch after
crossing over to the north shore. Before camping that evening they
travelled eastward along the north shore of the lake about ten miles.
Finding no further signs of the Esquimaux in this direction, they con-
cluded they were on tjie wrong trail and decided to start again at the
abandoned camp. This was done and they succeeded in finding the
route by which the Esquimaux had come, viz. by a small stroam from the
west. They were then certain the Esquimaux were only to be found
near Bathurst Inlet and as the party had not the time at their disposal
to make the journey across country to the Inlet, they turned their faces
homewards. The eastern route by Clinton Golden Lake, \rtillery
Lake and a small chain of lakes was taken to the western end of
McLeods Bay, where the Companys' boat was waiting their arrival.

The first pine tree they saw on their way back was noticed on the

river between Ptarmigan Lake and Artillery Lake and the first clump of

pines about twenty miles down Artillery Lake. Of Artillery Lake Mr.

McKinley has given a short description. -'The lake lies nearly north

and south, and at the northern end, in fact for most of its length, it is

seven or eight miles wide. For about twenty miles the banks on both

sides are prairie, but from that point the west shore is pretty thickly

grown with pines of a fair size. The east bank throughout is prairie

except here and there a few pines in a sheltered spot." The southern A,

end of this lake was reached on the 1 jth of August and the Great Slave >

3

*

107

lake on the 15th. The journey down the lake was made under more
favorable circumstances than in the spring, they had now a large boat
with a crew of indians, and waiting for favorable wind, they could make
the run in about three or four days. They left the camp at the east
end of McLeods Bay on the 19th, and camped on the evening of the
20th near the point of their departure from the lake in the spring.

Zoological Notes.

Barren Ground Caribou, Rangifer Grcvnlandica, Linn.
On the present expedition the party lived almost exclusively by
their guns, and as the most abundant, largest and best of the game
animals was the caribou, the Journal is very exact in the account of the
numbers seen and shot each day. This, of course, would vary in
different localities.

This animal is essentially a rover, moving southward in the latter
part of summer, wintering in the partly wooded districts and returning
northward in the spring early before the ice is gone from the lakes.
This season they had evidently started before the expedition, as none
were seen along the north shore of Slave Lake nor on their trip inland
until they were past Lac du Mort on June 1st. After this the party
were not in the desperate straits recorded in the Journal up to that time.
By following the bands of deer they were able to supply their larder
whenever needed. Their dogs were better fed and stronger. The deer
here seem to be all males and Mr. McKinley explains and states the
fact as follows : "They are the bucks on their way out after the does
which have left some time ago to have their young near the sea coast.
They (the bucks) move out as the snow disappears and meet them out
on the barren ground on their return."

Their movement northward was at about the same rate as the
the travelling of the party of hunters. Occasionally these had to hurry
up to get among the deer again. On July 12th, after a stay of ten days
on Musk-ox Lake, they concluded the deer were Nearly all north of
them as they had been unsuccessful in killing many at a well-known
crossing. On the 10th of June a note is made that the horns on the
bucks were then a foot and a hall in length and were much prized by
the Indians as an article of diet.

108

The Musk-ox, Ovibos moschatus, Linn. This is an animal that
inhabits only the barren or treeless area of northern Canada. As will
be seen from the Journal in regard to the appearance of the country
passed over, the tredess area is not entirely barren, but in many places
sustains bunches of a coarse grass and plenty of moss or lichen, which
afford ample food for this great rush of caribou and the more sedate
wanderings of the musk-ox.

The barren or treeless area was reached practically before they
came to Lockhart River, but no mention of any signs of the musk-ox is
made until they reach the small lake on the Lockhart River. Here on
the north side were two skulls of animals killed two seasons before
by a hunter who was present in the party. The north shore is called
by Mr. McKinley " the native soil of the musk-ox."

The first one killed was seen on the north shore of Aylmer Lake.
From there northward large numbers were seen as far as the expedition
went. They do not wander in such great bands as the caribou, but
feed in smaller herds around the hills, moving in search of food. The
cows in the summer generally are more together, the bulls feeding apart
or in couples.

Of the smaller mammals the following were noticed :

White Fox, Vulpes lagopus, Linn. No mention is made of any of
the party having seen these animals, but that they are to be found is
evident from the many holes seen.

" June 30th White or arctic fox holes we have come across now
and then of late. The first we saw on the portage to the Lockhart
River."

Wolverine, Gulo luscus, Sabine. Mr. Pike shot three, August
2nd, and mention is made in several places of caches being robbed by
these animals.

Arctic Hare, Lepus timidus Linn, var atdicus Leach. The first
signs of this animal were observed on Lac du Mort which is not a great
distance north of Great Slave Lake. The note is to the following
effect : -'' Saw signs of the Arctic I [are on the banks of this lake, which
is probably as far south as they come. They are now off out again to
the open farther north."

109

The first one seen was near Bear Head Lake, June 3rd. Others
were shot, one on June 6, one on June 1 1, and another June 30th on
north side Aylmer Lake.

Porcupine, Erethizon dorsatus, Linn. Are rather abundant in the
northern timbered area. Mention is made of some being captured on
the shores of Great Slave Lake early on the trip.

Marmot, probably Arctomys monax, Gmel. " May 29th. Several
ground hogs have been trapped. They are smaller than the mountain
hog." North end Lac du Mort,

Of the birds the most numerous was the willow Ptarmigan, Lagopus
albus. They were numerous around Lac du Mort and were a very
important item till the caribou were found. They were likely as numer-
ous farther on but not as much sought for. On June 2nd, '' Their
neck is now dark brown, the rest of their plumage white." June 20th,
" The hen partridge is in summer plumage speckled brown, but the
cock is still white with brown neck."

Geese and ducks were seen in several places and a general note to
the effect that geese and ducks were flying north was made.

Swans were seen going north towards McKay Lake June 3. This
may have been the whistling swan, Cygnus columbianus.

A small goose, called in the Journal a white wavie, was seen flying
northward June 2nd and 8th and feeding in the ponds on June nth.
This may have been the Lesser Snow Goose, Chen hyperboteus albatus.

A grey wavie was shot on June gth, and on Aylmer Lake they were
seen in large numbers. This probably was the American white fronted
goose, Anser albifrons gambeli.

The smaller Ptarmigan were first seen on Lockhart River. These
are the Rock Ptarmigan Lagopus rupestris. "June 25th. The smaller
kind, of which we have seen a few, I believe are more plentiful farther
on. They are smaller than the white partridge. The cock bird is
entirely white so far, but the hen bird is brown already."

The Great Northern Diver Colymbus torquatus, was seen frequently
and one was shot on June 12th.

The Black Throated Diver Colymbus arcticus was shot by Mr. Pike
on June 11th near Davids Lake.

110

Meteorological Notes.

May 7th, Fort Resolution. Water knee deep on the ice on Great
Slave Lake and most of the snow gone.

May Sth, Great Slave Lake. Wind north, froze hard enough to
bear party on the ice.

May 9th, Great Slave Lake. Cold, party crossed to Island.

May 20th, North shore Great Slave Lake. Wind north, thawing
in the sun.

May 22nd, North shore Great Slave Lake. Wind north, very
cold.

May 23rd, North shore Great Slave Lake. Wind north, thawing
sljghtly in middle of the day.

May 24th, North of Great Slave Lake. Wind north, cloudy and
thawing fast on the tops of the hills. The snow is mostly gone, except
in the hollows.

May 25th, Among hills north of Lake. Wind east, heavy thaw.

May 26th, Lac du Mort. Wind north, thawing.

May 27th, North end Lac du Mort. Wind north, thawing.

May 28th, Near north end Lac du Mort. Very cold, north west
wind with hard frost.

May 29th, Near north end Lac du Mort. Very cold north wind.

May 30th, Near north end Lac du Mort. Wind north and cold
but calmed in evening.

May 31st, Near north end Lac du Mort. Wind south and warm.

June 1st, Near north end Lac du Mort. Fine day but wind turned
north in evening, and cleared up with frost.

June 2nd, Near Bear Head Lake. Thawing during day. Wind
south west and fine.

June 4th, Bear Head Lake. Fine bright morning, thawing after
midday, a heavy storm of snow and sleet came from north west.

June 5th, Bear Head Lake. Snowed a little all night and through-
out the day. Snow drifting on lake like mid-winter, wind north west.

June 6th, Bear Head Lake. Fine warm day, wind south.

fune 7th, Hear Head Lake. Snowing in the morning and con-
tinued t<> midday, wind northerly and chilly.

Ill

June 8th, Near Bear Head Lake. Wind north but|thawing slightly.
June 9th, North of Bear Head Lake. Wind north east, thawing-
June 10th, Small Lakes north east of Bear Head Lake. Wind
north east but warm, water on all the lakes and the snow fast going.

June nth, Blind Mans Lake (?) Wind north east but a regular
thaw, water running in all the hollows, and the snow in slush. Fog came
up in evening.

June 1 2th, Sand Ridge. Heavy fog in morning but cleared up
ahout 9 a.m. Did not freeze much in night. Lakes forming in all the
hollows.

June 13th, Sand Ridge. Wind north east and raw, with now and
again a few drops of rain. A slight fog towards evening arose but later
on came very thick and storming. Most of the country is free from snow
but large drifts still in the hollows.

June 14th, Sand Ridge. Wind a little east of north, stormy and a
very unpleasant day.

June 15th, Sand Ridge. Wind north east. Rain, snow and sleet
all day.

June 16th, Davids Lake. Wind north east, storm continued to 10
a.m. then cleared up. Water and slush on portages.

June 17th, Davids Lake. Wind north east, cloudy, milder.

June 1 8th. Wind south, warm, a fine bright day.

June 19th. Wind south and warm.

June 20th. Wind north east but light and warm.

June 21st. Wind north east, light and hot. Vegetation
is pushing ahead rapidly, leaves starting on the small willows and
flowering plants, in fact green grass showing with every sign of spring.

June 22nd. Wind south and warm.

June 23rd. Wind in morning, west and hot, but at midday
heavy clouds came up with rain, wind veered round to north
east.

June 24th. W T ind south.

June 25th, Lockharts River. Wind south and fine. River open.
Flowering plants are coming rapidly into bloom, and little or no snow
to be seen.

i

L12

June 26th, Lockhart's River. Wind south and fine.

June 27th, Aylmer Lake. Wind westerly, with a shower or two of
rain. Turned colder towards night with frost.

June 28th, Aylmer Lake. Ice on small pools in morning. Wind
southerly and fine. The ice on the lake still good and sound, with snow
in sheltered spots not melted from the edges yet. All the willows out
in leaf and many flowers in bloom.

June 29th, Aylmer Lake. Wind south west. The day started in
with heavy rain and fog, but towards evening turned fine.

June 30th, Aylmer Lake. Wind south west, fine and hot in the
morning. Thunder storm about midday.

July 1 st, Sandy Bay. Wind north west strong and changeable.
Fog in morning.

July 2nd, Portage to Fish River. Wind north west, fine and warm.

July 3rd, Portage to Fish River. Wind west ; rained early in the
morning but soon turned fine. The small lakes are now open but on
the large ones there is only a small passage round the edge.

July 4th, Fish River. Wind south and hot. Saw a loon's nest with
eggs. All the other birds are about hatching.

July 5th, Musk-Ox Lake. Wind southerly.

July 6th, Musk-Ox Lake. Wind southerly and hot.

July 8th, Musk-Ox Lake. Wind west and veiy hot all day, cloudy
and close towards evening and lots of mosquitoes.

July 9th, Musk-Ox Lake. Wind south-west and hot. A few remains
of snow drifts here and there, but the country looking green and fresh.

July 10th. Musk-Ox Lake. Wind north-west, warm in morning
and lots of mosquitoes. Later on thunder with light showers of rain
after which it turned very cold and quite the appearance of snow.

July 1 ith, Musk-Ox Lake. Strong north wind. Stormy with
showers of hail all day. Wind increased in evening to a regular storm.

July 1 2th, Musk-Ox Lake. Wind north-west ; still stormy, snowed
the whole of the day.

July 13th, Musk-Ox Lake.- Weather still unsettled.
) ul)- 14th, Musk-Ox Lake. Wind west, cloudy.
I uily 15th, Musk-Ox Lake. Wind west, clearing.

113

July 16th. Wind west, cloudy with showers passing.

July 17th. Wind south, fine.

July 1 8th. Wind south-west ; a very fine day.

July 19th. Wind south-wesi".

July 20th. Wind south-west ; very hot.

July 21st. Wind north-west.

July 22nd. Wind north; strong, heavy mist, hiding distant
view.

July 23rd. Wind westerly and light.

July 24th. Rained most of night; wind east with heavy rain
all day.

July 25th, Beechy Lake. Cloudy with showers of rain, wind north-
east.

July 26th. Wind east.

July 27th*. Wind north-east.

July 28th. Wind north-east.

July 29th. Wind south-east and very hot.

July 30th. Wind south-east, rained 2 hours and dur-
ing night.

July 31st. Before mid-day began to rain and continued all
night.

August 1 st. Wind north-east, rained heavily all day till near 6
p.m., wind north east

August 2nd. Wind south, fine day.

August 3rd, Musk-Ox Lake. Rained at intervals through the night,
wind sout-west, blowing hard, showers passing all day.

August 4th, Musk Ox Lake. Wind south-east, blowing very hard all
day.

August 5th, South end Musk Ox-Lake. Wind west.

August 6th, Portage. Wind north-west.

August 7th, Aylmer Lake. Wind south-west, fine day ; slight frost
on grass and moss. ^ ,

August 9th, Clinton Golden Lake. Calm morning. /\QwC/<[/'\

August 10th. Wind west. /^^So*} {

August nth. Wind north-west. fa "^MD-*

in

August 12th Wind northerly.
August 13th. Wind south.
August 14th. Wind south.
August 15th. Wind north.
August 1 6th. Wind light and southerly.
August 17th. Calm.

August 1 8th, Great Slave Lake. Wind south-west, rained heavily
nearly all night and well into the day.

August 19th. Wind north-west, but very light.
August 20th. Wind west, but light.
August 2 1 st. Wind north.

CONCHOLOGY.
Edited by F. R. Latchford, B.A.
The presence in Ottawa of. the Rev. G. XV. Taylor, and his
enthusiasm as a student of mollusca life, led the Conchological branch to
organize an excursion to the Laurentian lakes on September 22nd.
Behind a fine team of bays driven by Landreville, five enthusiastic
naturalists left town, as dawn was breaking through a heavy downpour
of rain. The vehicle was uncovered, but rubber coats and tarpaulins
successfully repelled the attacks of Jupiter Pluvius. With tales of flood
and field, of wild adventure on the Fraser, Columbia and Peace, and
the prairies of Sumass and Manitoba, the time passed pleasantly and
rapidly. The mountains were reached before nine, and to please the
botanists present, an expedition was led to a defile, into which the
Walking-leaf hern Camptosoros rhizophyllus has retreated from the
vandals who have exterminated it nearer Ottawa. A few specimens
showing the tip of the frond taking root were selected, and the remain-
der left to increase and multiply, in their own peculiar way. The
graceful little . Isphniutn ttichomanes and Aspidium Braunii, both rare
species here, were also noticed. On the side of the mountain where
these ferns are found, many land shells were taken. The journey was
then resumed in the rain, but frequent halts were made, now to collect
a fern or dainty moss, now a Catocala moth, and again a fine specimen
of the Ginseng, Aralia guinquefolia, whose bright fruit though hidden
in the dense foliage on the mountain side had caught the watchful eye

115

of Mr. Fletcher. The scenery along the route was very beautiful and
was enjoyed despite the rain. The road ran round and up and down
the old Laurentides, which were clothed to their summits with maples,
birches and other deciduous trees, showing softly through the mist all
the changeful hues of autumn. As day advanced the rain abated, the
clouds_ broke up, and some descending, hung upon the breasts of the
mountains, adding new beauties to the ever changing scene.

Meech's Lake was reached and a brief stop made in one of the
intervals of brightness which were ever inspiring the more sanguine with
hopes of fair weather ; but the rain coming on again, the journey was
resumed. Near Mr. Tilley's cottage is a bay where Limnaea megasoma
was found some years ago, and here a halt was ordered, and fine
specimens of the much desired shell was soon obtained. Like other
precious things, their number was limited ; and the search for them was
attended with much difficulty. One of the party in his eagerness lost
his foot-hold on a slippery log and took an involuntary plunge into the
lake. When he recovered his breath he declared the water was warmer
than the air, but no one was thus induced to test the veracity of his
statement. The work of collecting went merrily on, resulting in upward
of thirty examples of L. megasoma, L Stagnalis and Physa Lordi were
also found. Lake Harrington was sighted about ten o'clock, but the
mountain air had so whetted the appetites of the party, that it was
unanimously decided to dine forthwith. Mr. Gillespie kindly placed
his hospitable farm house at the disposal of the party. Boxes and
baskets were opened, displaying all sorts of edible treasures, which, with
tea freshly brewed and fragrant, soon disappeared from view. After the
good dinner the weather brightened and the rain at last ceased to fall.
Owing to a dam recently built across the outlet, the lake was found
much above the ordinary level. Shells were few and far between along
the shores. A group of islands nearly a mile up was said to afford
numerous shells, but on visiting them in a boat, few specimens were
found. Unto complanatns, Limnaea Stagfialis, Phvsa Lordi, Pianorbis
hirsutus, Pi. Campanulatus were however noted, and a plant, Erioc-
aulon septaugulare, not known to occur nearer Ottawa than Masham.

Returning to the outlet near Alexander's Mill, search was made
for Anodo?ita undu/ata, a fine form of which, resembling A. Unadilla

116

I )ekay, was known to occur in the discharge from Meech's and other
Laurentian lakes. For a time the stream afforded only Physa Lord/,
and U. complanatus, but A. undulata was at last found. As the
discovery of specimen after specimen was announced, one member of
the party after another made his way into the water accoutered as he
was ; and soon the strange spectacle was presented, of five able bodied
men, fully clothed, plunging their upper as well as nether limbs, into
the stream and ejaculating at brief intervals, " I've another.'' " Every
one to his trade, but this palls on me," was the remark of one of the
natives, as he stood on the bridge and looked down upon the clam
hunters. It would be of interest to know what he thought, and left
unsaid. Notwithstanding his adverse criticism, the search was continued
until the most avaricious conchologist expressed himself content. And
well might he be ! A. undulata was taken by the hundred, beautiful
specimens in every stage of growth. Several Magaritana undulata
were also found, the younger shells being of remarkable beauty. Time
was flying, and as it was intended to visit another locality on Meech's
lake before it became too dark for collecting, the return journey was
begun at five o'clock, after another hearty meal. What with the rain
and the plunging in mire and stream, every article of clothing was
saturated. Fortunately the evening was warm and the road excellent.
The, desired point on Meech's lake was reached while it was yet daylight
and a united advance was made into its waters. L. megasoma was again
taken, and very large Physa Lordi. But one of the special objects of the
excursion was the extraordinary form of Piano) bis hicarinaius which
Meech's lake and Brome lake of all the waters of America are alone
known to furnish. About thirty-five specimens were obtained before a
cloud settled down with darkness on the lake. The drive homeward
was continued through a dense mist. Wet but happy, the party r-eached
the city about nine, having collected forty one species of shells. The
excursion was on the whole, one of the most successful ever made by
the conchological branch of the club. L.

117
FAUNA OTTAWAENSIS.

Hymenoptera Phytophaga.

By W. Hague Harrington.

The subjoined list, of that important section of the Hymenoptera
which is most injurious to plant life, is offered as a contribution to the
knowledge of our local Fauna. The list was prepared last winter and
the numbers given for each species are those of the insects then in my
collection, irrespective of such specimens as may have been given away
or exchanged. These numbers are an indication of the relative abun-
dance of the species and of the sex or sexes represented. The captures
of the season just closed have not been arranged, but it is improbable
that any additions have been made to the species previously captured.
When they have been carefully examined, any items of interest regard-
ing them will be recorded. The dates quoted for each species are the
earliest and latest shown on the labels attached to individuals of that
species. All the specimens are not, however, dated, and so no dates
can be given for several of the species. All the species have been col-
lected since the organization of the Ottawa Field Naturalists
Club, in the city or adjacent country, and several of the rarer species
have been contributed by Mr. Fletcher and Prof. Guignard. Several
of the species collected seemed apparently new f .o science and have
been described by Provancher (Faune Entomologique du Canada, Vol.
ii, Additions) or by the author (Canadian Entomologist Vols. \vi, xxv)
and are those in the list of which types are indicated as in the collec-
tion.

Subsection Phyllophaoa.

This division contains the species feeding upon the foliage of
various plants, and consists of the family Tenthredinida;, of which the
adult insects are popularly, and appropriately known as Sawflies. The
female has the ovipositor modified to form a more or less acutely toothed
saw, with which a slit can be made in a leaf or twig for the reception of
the egg. Some species have the saw feebly developed and make but a
slight incision, or even (as the Gooseberry Saw fly) merely attach the egg

118

to the surface of the leaf. Other species have the instrument much
stronger and are able to cut a groove even in the harder tissues, sufficient
to entirely hide and protect the egg. The larvae have a general resem-
blance to those of many Lepidoptera, and are often known as false-
caterpillars. The greater number feed openly upon the leaves, but
some produce galls, or are inquilinous in the galls of other insects, and
others are leaf-miners, or infest buds, etc. The species feeding openly
are protected from their enemies in many different ways : as by
assimilating to the colour of the foliage, emitting disagreeable odours or
secretions, raising and lashing the abdomen about, feeding at night or
on the under surface of the leaves, constructing shelters, etc. The im-
mediate neighborhood has already yielded about one hundred and fifty
species of Sawfiies, but the true value and affinities of many forms can-
not be known until they have been determined by breeding, for the
larvae and food-plants of comparatively few species are yet known to us.
A list of the species collected in 1889 is given in Canadian Entomolo-
gist Vol. xvii, p. 23.

TENTHREDINID.-E.

ClMBEX.

C. atnericana, Eeach. 1 male, 1 female.

Var. decemmaculata, Leach. 2 males. May nth.

Var. alba, Norton. 1 female.

Var. LaPortei, St. Farg. 3 males. June 16th.

This handsome and very variable insect is not common, but its
larvae are occasionally found on willow and elm. They are yellow, with
a black dorsal line, and a finely granulose apparence ; when at rest they
are coiled spirally on the leaf.

Trichiosoma.

T. trianguliiw, Kirby. 2 males and female. May 12th, July 28th.

Not a common insect, although the larvae are not infrequent on
willows. Seems to be more abundant farther north, as for instance at
Sudbury. Larvae resemble those of Cimbex, but are green and without
dorsal line.

119

Abia.

A. Kcnnicotti, Norton. 2 females from Mr. Fletcher.

Zarea.

Z. inflata, Norton (?) 1 female. May nth.

This insect may be a var. of the preceding species, as the American
genera and species are not well separated. It has the white band at
base of abdomen which Cameron gives as distinguishing the British
species of this genus from Abia.

ACORDULECERA.

A. dorsalis Say. 4 males, 13 females. May 16th, August 2nd.

Occurs on Hickory and Oak ; the larvae gregarious and rapidly
skeletonizing the leaves.

Hylotoma.

//. McLeayi, Leach. 3 males, 8 females. May 10th, Aug, 2nd.
H. clavicornis, Fabr. 1 male, 5 females. June 13th, August 1st.
H. scapularis, Klug. 2 males, 3 females. June 10th, July 19th.

These species are found in the early part of the season on flowers
of Service-berry, Choke-cherry, etc., and later on Spiraea and Goldenrod.

Cladius.

C. peclinicornis, Fourcr. (C. isomera, Harris.) 1 male, 8 females.
May 24th, July 19th. This species (common in Europe) has been
bred from larvae feeding on roses and seems to be increasing in
numbers. It is one of the three sawflies which are now well
recognized as rose-pests.

Priophorus.

P. (cqnalis, Norton. 2 males, 7 females. July 24th.

Bred from larvae, feeding on willows, and found also on poplar.

Pristiphora.

P. scvrophanta, Walsh. 1 male, 3 females. May 12th, June 26th.
P. grossularke, Walsh. 6 females. May nth, June 28th.
P. identidem, Norton (?). 3 males. May 27th, July 12th.

120

These species are not separated very clearly and the last two should
perhaps be combined

Euura.

E. orbitalis, Norton. 6 males, 12 females. April, May.

These insects have been frequently bred from the galls on the
stems of willows, and also from galls of C. strobiloides. Specimens vary
considerably in size and coloration, but the differences do not seem to
be great, or constant, enough to allow of separation, although following
the descriptions they might be divided into almost as many species as
have been erected by Walsh and Norton.

Nematus.
N. concolor, Norton. 2 females. April 23rd.
N. labtadoris, Norton. 1 female.
N. malacus, Norton. 2 females. May 8th and 18th
N. extensicornis, Norton. 8 males. May 1 6th, June 5th.
N. monela, Norton? 1 female. June 6th, (from Mr. Guignard.)
N. subalbatus, Norton? 9 females. May 28th, June 5th.
N. corniger, Norton. 16 males, 15 females. May 17th, August 8th.
N. pallicornis, Norton. 13 males, 19 females. May 9th, June 13th.
N. ventralis, Say. 2 males, 7 females. May 24th, July 1st.
N. Saskatchewan, Norton. 2 females. May 28th, June 6th.
N. militaris, Cress. 1 female.

N. latifasciatus, Cress. 1 male. 1 female. July 7th, Alder.
N. erythroijaster, Norton. 1 males, 7 females. June 5th, August Sth.
N. Erichsonii, Hartig. 1 male, 11 females. May 19th, June 23rd.

This imported species has devasted the larch forests of the
Maritime Provinces and Quebec, and in Ontario has been also so
abundant as to annually defoliate this tree. Its increase seems, how-
ever, to have been slightly checked, and during the past season the trees
suffered less, apparently.
N. pallidiventris, Fallen? 2 males, 5 females. August 26th.

This is apparently an imported species, and has been found infesting
ornamental willows on the Central Experimental Farm. The females
were ovipositing on the date given. It differs in some respects from
pallidiventris as described by Cameron, and may be a distinct species.

121

.V. rufocinctus, Harr. i female. (Type) June 26th, Alder.
N. bivittatus, Norton. 2 females. May 17th, June iolh.
N. thoracicus, Harr. 1 female. (Type,) May lUh.
N. similaris, Norton. 1 female. June 26th, Acacia.
N. Hneatus, Harr. 1 female. (Type,) May 5th.
N. ribesii, Scop. 8 females. April 23rd, July 1st.

The larvae of this species devour the foliage of the cultivated
currants and gooseberry, and do serious damage when the plants are
neglected. A simple treatment with hellebore proves very efficacious
in staying their ravages, and a small parasite which has been found
recently to attack the eggs, may perhaps aid in lessening the numbers
of the pest.

N. S7(adus, Cress. 2 females.

N. aureopectus, Norton. 6 females. May 10th, 30th.
N. pkuricus, Norton. 1 female. May gth.
A^. lateralis, Norton. 1 female. May 9th.

N. mefid'cus, Walsh. 1 male, 9 females. May 9th, June 26th. Willow.
N. s. pomum, Walsh. male and female. From Willow galls.
N. gallicola, Steph. (Messa hvaltna, Norton ?). 16 females. June and
July. The galls of this species are very abundant on willows during the
entire season.

N. inquirinus, Walsh? 1 female. August 15th.
N. ocrealus, Harr. 1 female. May 16th. (Type).

In addition to the 32 species (?) enumerated, there are a number of
specimens not determined. The genus Nematus is so extensive that
many of the species cannot be satisfactorily determined. When more
of the species have been carefully bred, and when a thorough study
is made of the genus, many of the species will doubtless prove to be
but variations. Very many of the commoner species feed on willows,
so that feeding is easy ; the most difficult part of the breeding is the
carrying through the pupoe when buried in the earth.

Fenusa.

F. varipes, St. Farg. 21 females. June 9th, August 26th.

Also a European species, which has badly infested alders at the

122

Experimental Farm, and has been found on native alders in Dows
Swamp. The larv;e are miners and form brown blotches in the upper
surface of the leaves.

Emphytus.

E. apertus, Norton. 2 males, 20 females. May 17th, August 18th.

E. strameniepes, Cress ? 1 female.

E. inotnatus, Say. 1 male, var.

E. multicolor, Norton. {Strongylogaster multicolor, Norton ; E. Hulle?isis

Prov.) 3 males, 5 females. June 3rd, 28th. (2 Types of

E. Hullensis.)
E. canadensis, Kirby. (E. pallipes, Prov.) 8 females. May 24th, June

9th. Violets and Pansies.
E. mellipes, Norton. 2 males, 3 females. May nth, June 12th.
E. anctus, Linn. (E. cinctipes, Norton). 1 male (from Mr. Fletcher.)

This species has probably been introduced from Europe, and
during the present year the larvae have been noticed upon our garden
roses, of which they promise to be another serious past.

Harpiphorus.

H. tarsatus, Say. 4 females. June 7th, July 19th.

Var. varianus, Norton. 5 males, 10 females. June 6th, 28th.

This fine species (rufous, or black, with white markings) occurs
upon Cornels, growing along the Beaver Meadow, Hull.
H. semicomis, Say. 1 female. May 31st.

DOLERUS.

D. unicolor, Beauv. 12 males. April 18th, May 12th.

D. arvensts, Say. 10 females. May 6th, June 7th. ( = unicolor?)

D. sericeus, Say. 8 males, 2 females. April 23rd, May 27th.

D. collaris, Say. 5 females. May 10th, 30th.

D. aprilus, Norton. 12 males, 23 females. May 22th, Aug. 26th.

D. albifrons, Norton. 10 males, 7 females. May 24th, June 29th.

D. apricus, Norton. 2 females. May 24th, June 13th.

D. similis, Norton. 9 females. May 19th, June 24th.

D.bicolor, Beauv. 5 females. May 24th, 27th.

D. abdominalis, Norton. 2 males. May 21th, June 1 8th. ( = />icolor?)

123

Nearly all the species of Dolerus are abundant in Spring, and are
attracted to the sap oozing from stumps, etc., and to the alder and willows
when in bloom.

Hemichroa.

H. americana, Prov. (Di?ieuto) i female. June 26th. (Hull 1884.)

Blennocampa.

B. paupcra, Prov. 3 females. May 8th, 9th.

B.parva, Cress. 1 female. June 10th.

B. carbonaria, Cress (?) 1 female. June 19th.

MONOPHADNUS.

M. tardus, Say. 1 male, 6 females. May 25th, June 23th.

The white larva? of this handsome red-shouldered sawfly, feed on
the foliage of the ash, and have sometimes completely stripped trees in
this city.

H. medius, Norton. 2 males, 12 females. May nth, July 12th.
H. rubi, Harris. 5 males, 8 females. May 12th, 27th.

The pale green, spiny larvae of this species defoliate the wild and
cultivated raspberry.

Phymatocera.

P. fumipennis, Norton. 8 males, 10 females. May 17th, June 14th.
P. nigra, Harr. 12 females. (5 Types) May 10th, 31st.

P. montivaga Cress. (?) 1 female.

HOPLOCAMPA.

H. halcyon, Norton. 3 males, 15 females. May nth, 17th. Shadbush.

MONOSTEGIA.

M. rosce, Harris. 16 females. May 19th, June 9th.

The slug-like larvae of this species are very injurious to roses, and
are more generally known than the larvae of the two species (C. pec-
tinicornis, and E. cinctus) already noted as infesting these favorite
plants. The small black fly is very abundant in June.
M. maculata, Norton (Emphytus) 25 males, 63 females. May 1st,

June 28th.

ll'l

This species is a well-known pest of the strawberry, and its wing
venation is very irregular (Insect Life Vol. 2. p. 227.)
M. ignota, Norton (?) 2 males. 2 females. May 27th, 31st.

Slf, ANURIA.

S. flavipes, Norton. 14 males, 12 females. May 24th, Aug. 8th.
A common species upon ferns, on which the larvae feed.

Sciaptkryx.

S. pvnetum, Prov. 2 males, 2 females. June 27th, July 8th.

Allantus.

A. robustus, Prov. 1 female. (Type.)

A. basilaris, Say. 4 males, 13 females. June 28th, Aug. 7th.

Tin's species is abundant in July upon goldenrod and spirrea, and
is partially predaceous in its habits.

Macrophya.

M. fiavicoxce, Norton. 8 males, 28 females. May 30th, July 8th.

M. albilabris, Harr. 1 male. (Type, var flavicoxa' })

M. externa, Say. 2 females. June 26th.

M. tibiator, Norton 1 male, 1 female. June 28th.

M. contaminator, Prov. 4 females. June 26th, July 12th.

M. propinqua, Harr. 4 females. (Types.) July 5th, 26th.

M. nigra, Norton. 5 females. June 24th, 28th.

M. albomaculata, Norton. 1 male, 8 females. June 4th, July 5th.

M.tnsyllaba, Norton. 9 males, 36 females. June 6th, Aug. 1st.

This is the most common of our species of Macrophya, and occurs
abundantly upon nettles growing in damp woods.
M. varia, Norton. 2 females. June 20th, 2Sth.

M. trosula, Norton. 1 female. June 10th, (from Mr. Guignard 1885.)
M. fasrialis, Norton. 2 females. June 26th, July 5th.

Pachyprotasis.

P. omega, Norton. 1 male, 4 females. June 28th, July 28th.
P. delta, Prov. 40 males, 24 females. May 31st, July 12th.

1 25

This species, abundant in swampy margins of woods, is very
variable in wing venation, (Can. Ent vol. xvm, p. 32.)
P. varipicta, Harr. 2 males, 1 female. (Types.) June 7 th, roth.

Taxonus.

T. nigrisoma, Norton 1 1 males, 2 females. May 24th, Tune 5 tb.
T. rufipes, Harr. 3 males. (2 Types.) May 8th, i8th.~
T. dubitatus, Norton.- 19 males, 14 females. May 28th, July 19th.
T. albidopictus, Norton. 4 males, 20 females. May 24th, Aug. 2nd.
T. unicinctus, Norton. 3 females. May 27th, 30th.

Strongylogaster.

6. pallicoxus, Prov. 1 male, 13 females. (2 Types.) May 30th

June 23rd.
6: proximus, Prov 3 females. (1 Type,) July 25th.
6". mfocinctus, Norton. -6 males, 5 females." June 13th, July nth.
S. epicera, Say. 2 males, 7 females. May 29th, June 27th.
5. terminates, Say. 2 females. June 23rd, 28th.
S. apicalis, Say. 4 males, 9 females. June 13th, July 28th.
S. pallidicornis, Norton. 1 male, 2 females. July 18th, 26th.
6'. longulus, Norton. 4 males. May 24th, June 3rd.
8. luctuosus, Prov.-i male, 2 females. (1 Type,) May 22nd, 28th
S. distant, Norton (?) 1 female, (taken alive from an ant.)
S. soriculatus, Prov. 1 male, 2 females. May 24th, June 3rd
S. annulosus, Norton. 4 females. May 24th, June 3rd.
5. tacitus, Say. 2 males, 3 females. May 24th, August 8th.

PCECILOSTOMA.

P. albosecta, Prov. 1 female. June 10th, Dow's Swamp. r

Trnthredo.
T. grandis, Norton.- 5 males, 9 females. June 13th, July 19th."

Var. nigricolHs, Kirby (?) 1 female. June 15th.
T. rufipes, Say. 10 females. June 2nd, August 2nd.
T. rufopectus, Norton.- 5 males, n females, June 5th, July 1st.
T. lineata, Prov. 3 females. June 21st.
T. ventralis, Say.- 7 females. June 23rd, August 2nd.

12G

T. verticals, Say. 6 males. 18 females, June 4th, July 26th.

T. basilaris, Prov. 5 females. June 9th, August 2nd.

T. semirubra, Norton. 1 female.

T. signata, Norton. 2 males. June 27th.

T. rufopediba, Norton. 3 males. June 2gth, (= signata?)

T. eximia, Norton. 1 male, 1 female. May 24th, June 28th.

T. semicorms, Harr. 1 male. June 9th, (Type from Mr. Guignard.)

T. mellina, Norton. 1 male, 5 females. June 12th, July 19th.

T. ruficolor, Norton. 2 females. May 24th, July 1st, ( = melli?ia})

Tenthredopsis.

T. airoviolacea, Norton. 9 males, 9 females. June 1st, June 30th.
T. i4-p7inctata, Norton. 2 males, 2 females. May 31st, June 7th.
T. Pvansii, Harr. 1 female. (Mr. Fletcher.)( = Tenihredoviridis, Linn?
T. (?) antiultcomis, Harr. 1 male, 1 female. (Types) May 28th,
June 6th. Perhaps two species.

Lophyrus.

L. Lecontei, Fitch. 5 females. May 19th.

The larvae of this species feed upon the red pine ; they are yellowish
with black markings. Bred flies emerged in April.
L. abieiis, Harris. 2 males, 8 females. June 12th, July 22nd.

This is a much commoner species, the larva? feeding upon the
spruce. They are greenish with darker longitudinal stripes. Cocoons
much smaller and paler, frequently parasitized.

Monoctenus.

M.fulvus, Norton. 3 males, 6 females. May 7th, June 6th.
Larvae larger and more yellowish, feeding upon cedar.

Pamphilius. (Lyda.)

P. maculiventris, Norton. 3 males, 1 female. June 12th, 26th.

P. marginiventriSy Cress. 2 females. May 7th, 24th. ( = var. maculi-

ventris. ?)
P. luteomaculatuS) Cress. 3 females. May 24th. ( = var. maculiventrisf)
P. rufia'ps, Harr. 1 female. May 31st. (Type; -=var. brunniceps, Cr.l)
P. perplexus, Cress. 4 males, 2 females. May nth, 28th.

127

P. canadensis, Norton. 2 females. June 7th.

P. excavatus, Norton. 1 male.

P. quebecensis, Prov. 2 females. June 27th, 30th.

P. pallimaaihts, Norton. 4 females. June 6th, 7th.

P. ocreatus, Say. 1 female.

P. rnfofasciatns, Norton. 3 females. June 26th, July 26th.

P. ductus, Harr. 1 female. June 28th. (Type.)

P. Harringtonii, Prov. 1 female. (Type.)

P. luteicornis, Norton. 1 male, 2 females. June 2nd, 12th.

Macroxyela.

M. infuscata, Norton. 1 female.

This specimen was taken near the city two years ago by my son
then about nine years of age, and is the only one I have seen.

Xyela.

X. minor, Norton. 1 male, 10 females. June 8th, 16th. Spruce.

Subsection Xylophaga.

This limited division contains the few species which feed internally
upon the pith, or woody tissues of the plants infested. The ovipositor
of the female, instead of being saw-like, is more prolonged, and is so con-
ducted that it forms a regular borer, which in the larger species can
pierce even the solid wood of our forest trees, in which the eggs are de-
posited and in which the larvae live. These larvae are somewhat
elongated white grubs, having only rudimentary legs and thus approach-
ing more closely the ordinary footless grub of the Hymenoptera, than
do saw-fly larvae. The species of Xylophaga are all included in one
family, the Uroceridae, and only five genera are represented in Canada.
The larvae of Cephus infest the stems of grasses or the twigs and shoots
of various shrubs; those of Oryssus and Xiphydria bore into the trunks
of maple, willow, poplar, etc., those of Tremex inhabit chiefly old maples
and beeches, while those of Urocerus confine their attacks to the conifers
which they sometimes seriously injure.

128

UROCER1D.1..

Cephus.

C. pygmcBiis, Linn. i female, (sent to, and identified by .Mr. Ashmead.)
C. bimacu/atus, Norton. 2 females. May 30th.

One of these was ovipositing in a twig of Viburnum lentago.
C trimaculatus, Say. 1 female. June i 6th.

Oryssus.

O. Sayi, Westwood. 1 male, 1 female. Maple.

var. affinis, Harris 6 males. May 29th. June 13th. Maple,
var. terminalis, Newm. 10 females. June 3rd, 23rd. Maple,
var. occidentalism Cress. 1 male, 1 female. May 30th, 31st. Maple.

Xiphvdria.

X a/bicomis, Harris. 4 males, 15 females. June 16th, July 6.

This species frequently attacks maples planted in the city streets.
X. Provancheti, Cress. 1 female. June 15th. Maple. Hull.
X. mfiventris, Cress. 1 female, (from Mr. Fletcher.)
X. attenuate, Norton. 2 males. Basswood.

Urocerus.

U. cyaneus, Fabr. 2 males, 9 females. Sept. 16th, Oct. 2nd.

U. albicornis, Fabr. 4 females. Aug. 22nd, 26th.

c7. abdominalis, Harris. 12 males. June 22nd, Aug. 13th. Larch.

These are probably the males of albicornis, although so different.
U.jlavicornis, Fabr. 1 female, (coll. Mr. Fletcher.)

Tremex.

T. columba, Linn. 2 males, 17 females. July, Oct.

This is a common species which badly infest^ old maples and
beeches, and frequently emerges from sticks of firewood. Females may
often be found which have not been able to withdraw their ovipositors
from the wood in which they were boring, and have been held there
until they perished.

129" i
BOOK NOTICES.

Notes on the Gasteropoda <>l the Trenton limestone of Manitoba, with a descrip-
tion of one new species, by J. F. Whiteayes of the Geological Survey of Canada.
Canadian Record of Science, April 1893, pp. 317-328.

This paper is one of a series on the Cambro-Siluiian fossils of
Manitoba. The author's reports on the Orthoceratites of the Winnipeg
basin, published in the Royal Society's Transactions for 1891 and 1892,
are well known, whilst the remainder of the fauna of these Palaeozoic
rocks will no doubt be shortly described.

Mr. Whiteaves has had access to all the collections made by officers
of the Geological Survey ; to specimens obtained during the Saskatchewan
Exploring Expedition of 1858; to those collected by Hudson Bay
officers and to notes on those of Sir John Richardson, and other Arctic
explorers. The present report forms, therefore, an important contribu-
tion to the geological history of those interesting and important regions
of Canada.

Amongst the collections received were those made by Prof. H. Y.
Hind in 1858, by Dr. Seiwyn in 1872, by Dr. Bell in 1879 and 1880,
by xMessrs MacCharles and Weston, in 1884; by Mr. Tyrell in 1889
and 1890, and by Messrs Dowling and Lambe in 1889-90. The
collections are from the following localities : East Selkirk, Lower Fort
Garry and Nelson River (in Keewatin,) on the mainland and Big, Elk,
Deer, Birch, Snake, Bereus, Jack Fish, Sturgeon, Black Bear and other
islands in Lake Winnipeg. Sixteen species of Trenton Gasteropoda are
recorded, as follows :

Trenton Gasteropoda.

i". Raphistoma lenticulare, Hall.

2. Pleurotomaria subconica, Hall.

3- " muralis, 1). D. Owen.

/. Murchisonia Mi/leri, Hall.

5- " gracilis^ Hall.

6 - bellicincta, Mall, var. teretiformis, Billinss

130

7. Bucania (Tremanotusl) Bue/li, Whitf

(?. Bucania sulcatma, Emmons.

g. " bidorsata, Hall.

70. Cyrlolites compressus, Conrad.

//. Eunema slrigillatum, Salter.

12. Helicotoma planulata, Salter.

I j. Trochonema umbilicatum, Hall.

14. Madurea Manitobensis, Whiteaves.

IJ. Loxonenia Winnipegense, N. sp.

16. Fusispira ventricosa, Hall.

Of these, Loxonema Winnipegense is the only new form to Science,
" The species is of considerable interest " Mr. Whiteaves remarks, " on
account of its striking and close similarity to some of the most typical
Jurassic species of Pseudomelania." The large operculum which was
found associated with the Madurea Ma?iitobe?isis, Whiteaves, (Trans.
Royal Society Canada, vol. VII., Sect 4., p. 75. pis., XII and XIII figs.
1 and 2.,) is of interest, in that it does not possess a muscular process such
as is seen in the operculum of Madurea Logani, Salter of this district. Of
the sixteen species recorded, no less than eleven are forms which were
more or less abundant in the old Cambro-Silurian seas about Ottawa,
and whose remains we now find imbedded in the rocks of old Barrack
Hill, of Hull and of the Black River and Trenton formations of the
Ottawa Valley generally. The fauna as exemplified in the gasteropoda
appears to be nearer Black River than Trenton, although the two belong
to one and the same period in the history of this portion of the North
American Continent. H. M. Ami.

Report of the U. S. National Museum, under the Direction of the Smithsonian

Institution, for the year ending June 30th, iSo.

This volume of 800 pages contains a most interesting collection of
reports and scientific papers. In addition to the reports of the Assistant
Secretary and of the Curators of the several departments of the Museum,
there is a series of most valuable papers, discussing and illustrating the

131

collections therein. But brief mention can be made of a few of the
papers, the first of which is by Robert Ridgeway on " The Humming
Birds," covering 130 pages and illustrated by 46 plates of the many
species enumerated. "The Methods of Fire Making," by Walter Hough
gives the various ways in which primitive people secured the all essential
fire. Prof. Romyn Hitchcock contributes two very interesting papers,
one on the"Ainos of Japan," a race which at one time probably
inhabited the whole empire, but which is now a scanty people in the
island of Yezo ; the other on the evidences of a race which may have
preceeded the Ainos and which are designated as "The Ancient Pit
Dwellers of Yezo. The first part of a " Handbook for the Department
of Geology " appears and deals with Geognosy, or the materials of the
earth's crust, by Geo. P. Merrill (Ed.)

Birds of Michigan. Bulletin 94, Michigan Agricultural College. Prof. A. J.
Cook.

The Michigan Experiment Station here furnishes to its supporters
a very valuable catalogue of the birds recorded from the State, many of
which are illustrated in part or in whole The species recorded number
332, and as the fauna of Michigan agrees in general with that of Ontario
the members of the club will find the work of Prof. Cook to be of much
interest and value to them in the study of our own bird fauna. (Ed.)

BOTANY.

Edited by W. Scott, B.A.

Veronica Buxbaumii at Quebec. I have received from Miss Alice
Bowen of Quebec, some nice specimens of the above pretty little Speed-
well, which is such an attractive feature of the English hedgerows.
"The plant was found in an old, neglected, garden flower-bed" at
Quebec. This species is recorded by Macoun as a ballast plant from
North Sydney, and Pictou, N. S., and by Burgess from Kingston and
London, Ont. J. F.

LIBRARY

132

conchology.

Edited by F. K. Latchford, B.A.

Several hundred Helix rufescens and H. Cantiana, collected at
Quebec, with probably a thousand eggs of the latter species, have been
set out on the Exhibition Grounds west of Machinery Hall. The place
selected is quite undisturbed, even when other portions of the grounds
are thronged with people ; and as it is easy of access frequent observations
may be made of the success or failure of these shells to exist so far
inland. Both species have made their way into Canada from England
and are now as firmly established on Cape Diamond as the flag which
they followed across the sea. H. rufescens abounds throughout the
City of Quebec, at Levis, and on the Island of Orleans. H. Cantiana
appears to be restricted to two localities on the escarpment of the Cape :
and this may account for the fact that the shell escaped notice until
1885, It is not known to occur elsewhere in America, and its struggle
for existence here will be watched with interest. L.

Another shell, H. harpa, small but beautiful and a native ot our
northern clime, though not hitherto known to occur in this vicinity, has
also been introduced on the peninsula, near Machinery Hall. More
than a hundred mature individuals from Ste. Petronille, on the Island
of Orleans, have been placed among just such bracken and poplars, as
they had been taken from a few days before. L,

NOTICE TO MEMBERS.

The Soiree Committee is about to arrange the programme of even-
ing meetings for the winter season, and desires that any member who
may wish to read a paper, or to have one presented, will without delay |
furnish the title of his proposed paper, and the date on which it will he-
completed. The Leaders of the several Brandies, will be glad to have
notes of an)- objects of special interest which have been observed during
the past season, to assist them in preparing the reports of the Branches.
The Treasurer finds that many members have apparently forgotten that
the annual subscription fee is payable in advance, and that money is
! id monthly foi the payment of printer's bills and postage. (Ed.)

Trans. O. F. N. C, 1893.

Plate 1.

1 a.

2 a.

L. M. Lambc, del

133

NOTES ON SOME MARINE INVERTEBRATA FROM THE

COAST OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, i

By J. F. Whiteaves.

ECHINODEKMATA.
Strongylocentrotus Franciscanus, A. Agassiz.

This littoral species was recorded by the writer as having been
collected by Mr. James Richardson in 1874 at Sooke, in the Strait of
De Fuca. Dr. G. M. Dawson found it to be the common sea urchin
of the Queen Charlotte and Vancouver islands, and especially abundant
in localities exposed to the open sea, although its name was inadvertently
omitted in the published lists of Echinoidea in his 1878 and 1885
collections. Specimens of it were obtained at Qualicum, V. I., by
Professor Macoun in 1S89.

Mollusc a.

Pelecypoda.

Pecten (Pseudamusium) Vancouverensis. (Sp. nov.)
Plate j, figs. 1 and 1 a

Shell small, equivalved, compressed lenticular, both valves
being equally convex, ovately subcircular in outline apart from
the ears and rather oblique : valves extremely thin and fragile, translucent
and almost transparent, pale horn colour with a slightly yellowish hue.
Beaks placed a little behind the midlength ; hinge line straight and very
long ; ears unequal in size, the posterior pair, which are much smaller
than the anterior, alike, indistinctly defined and merging gradually and
imperceptibly into the general convexity and marginal contour of that
side of each valve ; anterior ears large, subtriangular, prolonged laterally
and longer than high, distinctly defined, that of the left valve somewhat
convex in outline above and concave below, that of the right valve with
a deep and acutely angular byssal sinus at its base.

I. Communicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey Department.

134

Surface marked by densely crowded and exceedingly minute,
irregular and rarely continuous, but on the whole radiating, simple or
bifurcating raised lines, also by comparatively large, regularly disposed
and distant squamose radii. In the centre of each valve the minute
and non-squamose raised lines are essentially parallel to the larger
squamose radii, but on the sides the former are disposed obliquely to
the latter. The surface of the anterior ear of each valve is minutely
cancellated with extremely minute raised lines, which are almost parallel
to the hinge line, in addition to the coarser cross lines. The whole
sculpture of the exterior of the test is far too minute to be clearly seen
without the aid of a microscope or powerful simple lens, but under
either of these a few faint concentric lines of growth are also visible.

Dimensions of the only specimen that the writer has seen : height,
from beaks to base, 7.50 mm.; maximum length, 7.75 mm.; greatest
thickness through the closed valves, 2.25 mm.

Forward Inlet, Quatsino Sound, Vancouver Island, in ten to twenty
fathoms mud, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 18.85 : one living 'Specimen.

In the list of specimens collected by 1 )r. Dawson in that
year, the little shell upon which the foregoing description is based,
was erroneously identified with the Peel en Alaskensis of Dall.
A subsequent study of its characters, has led to the conclusion
that it is much more nearly related to Pecten vitreus, Chemnitz,
and P. abyssotum, Loven, from both of which it can be
readily recognized by its very peculiar sculpture. P. Alaskensis has
opaque and much thicker valves and different surface markings. Its
posterior auricles are distinctly defined and its anterior auricles very
much smaller in proportion to the size of the shell, than those of P.
Vancouverensis. The credit of first distinguishing between the species
last named and P. Alaskensis is due to the Rev. G. W. Taylor, of
Victoria, V.I., who informs the writer that he has two specimens in his
collection dredged in about ten fathoms sand, Departure Hay, near
Nanaimo, in 1888.

Cardium (Fulvia) modestum, Adams and Reeve.
The shell for which the name Cardium Richardsoni was proposed
in the Canadian Naturalist for December, 1S78, was described as a new

I.;:,

species almost entirely upon the authority of the late Dr. P. P. Carpent
Dr. W. H. Dall, however, regards both the Cardium var. centifilosum,
Carpenter, and C. Richardsoni as synonyms of C. modestvm.

Cumingia Californica, Conrad.

Barclay Sound, on the south west coast of Vancouver Island,
Professor Macoun, 1887 : one perfect specimen.

Macoma yoldiformis, Carpenter.

Forward Inlet, Quatsino Sound, in ten to twenty fathoms mud, Dr.
G. M. Dawson, 1885 : one fresh and perfect right valve.

PSAMMOBIA RUBRORADIATA, Nuttall.

Barclay Sound, Vancouver Island, Professor Macoun, 1887 : four
fresh valves. One dead shell of this species had previously been
collected by Dr. Dawson in 1S78 at the mouth of Cumshewa Harbour,
Q.C.I.

Gasteropoda.

Emarginula crassa, J. Sowerby.

An adult shell of this species, with the animal, was found in a jar
containing large specimens of Solaster Stimpsoni, S. Dawsoni, Cribrella
Iceviuscula and other starfishes characteristic of the British Columbia
marine fauna, preserved in alcohol, the contents of which, except the
alcohol, were stated by Dr. Dawson to have been dredged by him at the
Queen Charlotte Islands in 1878.

Pachypoma inequale, Martyn.

This shell, which is very common in the Vancouver region, was
identified by Dr. P. P. Carpenter with P. gwberosum, Chemnitz (sp.),
but Dr. Dall says that " Martyn's name is four years older," and there-
fore should be retained for it.

Turcicula cidaris, A. Adams. (Sp.)

Plate 1, figs. 2 and 2 a.

Margarita Cidaris (A. Ad.) Carpenter. 1864. Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., 3rd series, vol. xiv, p. 426.

L36

Solariclla (Turcicula?) cidaris, Pilsbry. 1SS9. Cont. of Tryon's
Man. Conch., vol. xi, p. 331.

Solariclla cidaris, Williamson. 1892. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.
xv, p. 202, pi. xxii, fig. 4.

The only figure of this beautiful shell that has yet been published
represents an enlarged ventral view of an apparently immature Californian
specimen, twenty-eight millimetres in height, which is stated by Mrs. M.
Burton Williamson (op. cit.) to have been dredged in deep water off the
islands in San Pedro Bay by the U. S. Fish Commission. The Canadian
specimen, of which two views are given on Plate 1, is the only adult shell
that the writer has seen, and measures forty-six millimetres in height
(or length) by about thirty-two in maximum breadth. It was dredged
by Dr. Dawson, in 1885, in thirty fathoms, sand, gravel and dead shells,
off False Head, Queen Charlotte Sound, where several smaller specimens
were obtained, as already recorded on page 128 (Section 4) of the fourth
volume of Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada. In the adult shell
the outer lip is somewhat thickened and its nacreous interior is margined
by a narrow white porcellanous rim.

Bela sculpturata, Dall.

Be/a sculpturata, Dall. 1886. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 299, pi. iv,
fig- 7-

" Queen Charlotte Islands and Vancouver district," Dall.

OnOSTOMIA SlTKF.NSIS, Dall.

Dolomite Narrows, Queen Charlotte Islands, Dr. G M. Dawson, and
since collected by Dr. Dawson in 1885 at False Bay, Lasqueti Island, as
recorded in the fourth volume of Transactions of the Royal Society ot
Canada.

Triton (Priene) Oregonknsis, Redfield.

The radula of a Vancouver specimen of this species is essentially
similar to that of T>it<>>i as figured by Wilton in Woodward's Manual ol
the Mollusra, ami Fischer's Manuel de Conchyliologie, its dental formula
being 6. 9. 6.

137

BUCCINUM POLARE, var. PERCRASSUM.

Near Victoria, V. I., J. Richardson, 1875, two dead specimens.

Off False Head, Queen Charlotte Sound, in thirty fathoms, Dr. G. M.

Dawson, 1885 ; one specimen. These three shells were named

Buccinuin polare, var. compartum by the writer, on the authority of Dr.

Dall. The writer, however, has recently been informed by Dr. C. F.

Newcombe, of Victoria, that, in a letter received by him on the second

of November last, Dr. Dall writes that the word compaction is probably

a lapsus for percrassum, and that his B. polare, var. percrassum was

" figured and described in the new edition of Martini and Chemnitz's

Conch. Cabinet, Suppl., p. 189, pi. 91, fig. 5." In the official report

on the expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska, published at Washington in

1885, Dr. Dall contributes a chapter (vi) on the mollusca obtained.

On page 180 of that volume, under the head Buccinum polare, Gray,

Dr. Dall makes the following remarks. " I have seen two specimens of

a singularly thick and short variety percrassum from the Arctic north of

Bering Strait. It must be exceedingly rare ; the upper whorls are

smaller, less inflated and less turreted than in the normal form. The

operculum is also proportionally larger and more oval. It may prove

distinct from polare." But in the explanation of the plate of Point

Barrow Mollusca, in that volume, fig. 9 is said to represent " Buccinum

p/ecfrum, Stm., forma pet crassa, minor,

Onchidella borealis, Dall.

North side of Qiieen Charlotte Sound, between tides, Dr. G. M.
Dawson, 1885 ; several specimens.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Plate I.
Pecten (Pseudamusium) Vancouverensis.

Fig. 1. Side view of the type specimen, four times the natural size,
and showing the left valve.
" 1 a. Another view of the same specimen, to show the right valve.

TURRICULA CIDARIS.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view of an adult shell of this specie. 1 --. Natural size.
" 2. a. Ventral view of the same, showing the aperture and operculum.

138

NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF

THE ROCKLAND QUARRIES AND VICINITY, IN

THE COUNTY OF RUSSELL, ONTARIO, CANADA.

by Henry M. Ami, M.A., D. Sc.

On the 24th of June last, the Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club
held a very successful excursion to the new Rockland quarries. These
are situated about two miles to the south-east of the village of Rockland,
in the Township of Clarence, in the County of Russell, Ontario, and
were opened with a view of obtaining the stone required for the con-
struction of the Soulanges canal. This locality proved to be very
interesting to the geologist, from the fact that six distinct Palaeozoic for-
mations were met and examined. Mr. Archibald Stewart, government
contractor and proprietor of the new Rockland quarries, and Mr. W.
C. Edwards, M. P. for Russell, had extended to the Ottawa naturalists
a hearty invitation, and made them welcome. Everything went off well
and the day was thoroughly enjoyed by all. Refreshments and convey-
ances were freely supplied by these two gentlemen, and the excursionists
duly appreciating their kindness, unanimously thanked them for their
hospitality.

Geological Features of Rockland.

The following are the different geological formations met with at
Rockland, between the mills on the Ottawa River front, and the
new quarries, some two miles distant, in descending order.
These formations succeed each other*, in regular order, as
seen in the table, with only two unconformities, the first below
the glacial drift, and the second below the Potsdam forma-
tion. They occupy that zone of country lying between the escarpment
at the quarries and the Ottawa River. This escarpment is similar in
origin and aspect, to the bluffs and escarpments at Ottawa, and formed at
one time the southern shore or cliff-margin of the Pre glacial stream
which flowed from the west in almost precisely the same channel as
does the Ottawa River at present.

The Calciferous and Chazy formations form the widest belts, whilst
the Trenton, Black River and Chazy formations, are the most fossiliferous
in the distru t

139

Geological Formations at Rockland, Co. Russell, Ontario.

System.

Formations.

Thickness in Feet.

Fossil Remains.

1. Fluviatile

2. Leda clay

3. Glacial clay, etc. .

Various .....

I. Post-Tertiary ....

Rep. to 25 feet

None observed.

Here an Unconformity Occurs.

II. Ordovician .

4. Trenton

5. Black River.

6. Chazy

7. Calciferous .

8. Potsdam

About 50 ft Abundaat.

75 ft I Not rare.

" 60 ft Abundant.

5 ft [None observed.

75 ft ;ScolithusCa:iadensis.

Here the Second Unconformity Occurs.

III. Archaean.

9. Laurentian .

Several thousand ft.

None observed.

The Laurentian Outcrop.

The basal beds of the Potsdam formation are seen to lie uncon-
formably over the denuded and rounded, or irregular surface of the
Archcean or Laurentian rocks. These consist of rather coarsely crystal-
line gneisses and mica schists, along with hornblendic rocks, whose
petrographical relations and characters deserve special study. They
furnished the material which helped in the building up of the subsequent
formations, the quartz of the Potsdam sandstones having been
derived from the granitoid gneisses of this vicinity.

The Potsdam.

The Potsdam formation at Rockland Mills forms a more or less irregu-
lar zone of heavy bedded, light greyish blue or white colored sandstones,
which at times become glassy in appearance and give the formation a
truly quartzite character. Nevertheless, the grains of quartz may be
easily detected, and are cemented together for the most part by silica.

HO

Some of the bands carry iron pyrites, and weather rusty-coloured. The
clear and white, or light coloured bands appear to be fit for glass making.
The outcrop of this formation near the Ottawa River front, at the Rock-
land Mills, belongs to the lower portion of the Potsdam. The higher
beds of the formation in the Ottawa Valley are finer grained, and have
the grains of quartz in the sandstone less coherent, and the beds them-
selves are less massive and reduced in thickness, often presenting the
well known tracks of Protichnites as at Montebello, Papineauville and
above that again,* eight miles below the mouth of the South Indian

River.

The Calciferous and Chazy.

These two formations occupy their regular and respective positions,
one below the other, both as regards their geological and geographical
relations at Rockland. The zone of farming or pasture land, between
tne escarpment at the quarries and the town, is occupied by these two
formations, whilst the soil is made up to a great extent of the debris of
the Chazy, which is the softest and most easily denuded and disintegrated
formation in the district.

None of the characteristic fossils of the Calciferous formation were
found on this occasion, but at the turn of the road on the hillside about
i^ miles south of Rockland the typical shales of the Chazy formation
crop out and are fossiliferous. These overlie the fine-grained and
compact limestones, on which Mr. Edwards' celebrated stork and
breeding stables are built.

These limestones are characterized by the presence of concretions
or inclusionsof irregular massesof pink calcite varying in size andintensity
of colour. There are two or three bands of these limestones, which, both
in Nepean and elsewhere, have been utilized or described as "cement-
rock." This is the same band of limestone which crops out at the Hull
cement quarries, Skead's mill, Ont., also at Hog's Back, and again on a
lot the property of Mr. T. M. Clark, of New Edinburgh close to
Hemlock Lake.

The following species of fossils have been recognized by the writer
in the dark and chocolate coloured and purple, calcareo-argillaceous

'('.eulogy of Canada, 1S63, p. 94.

141

shales of the Chazy and in the accompanying calcareous bands :
Fossils from the Chazy Beds.

i. Orthis imperator, Billings.

2. " borealis, Billings.

3. " platys, Billings.

4. Rhynchonella plena, Hall.

5. Raphistoma staminea, Conread.

6. Modiolopsis parviuscula, Billings.

7. Orthoceras anterior ? Billings.
But little time was spent collecting here, which accounts for

scarcity of forms.

Black River and Trenton Formations.

Following the measures in an ascending order the escarpment is met
with next. This escarpment, which faces the north and presents its bold
front to the Ottawa Valley at the quarries, belongs to the Black River
and Trenton formations, or to the Trenton group as it is sometimes
called.

The two formations pass imperceptibly from one into the other,
only an arbitrary line can be drawn to separate them. The lower part
of the escarpment at the quarries belongs to the Black River formation,
whilst the upper portion is distinctly Trenton in fades. It was in the
lower half at the level of the tramway and track, some 15 feet higher
than the swamp facing the quarry, that the proprietor, Mr. Archie
Stewart found a large coral mass, which he brought to the museum of
the Geological Survey for identification. It proved to be the typical
coral, Colutnnaria Halli, Nicholson. At a higher elevation, some fifty
feet above the Columnaria horizon, masses of Tetradium fibratum,
Safford, were found, which are considered characteristic Black River
forms also, yet these were immediately followed by large colonies of
Prasopora Selwyni, Nicholson, associated with orthoctratites and
brachiopoda, of typical Trenton aspect.

The beds throughout the section proved to be highly iossiliferous,
but especially so were those in the highest and thin-bedded portions of
the escarpment. The beds were seen to vary in thickness, but

142

the heavier beds and more compact ones occupied the lower portion of
the outcrop.

The following view of the quarry reproduced from a pen and ink
sketch by Miss A. M. Living, of our club, gives a good general idea of
the upper portion of the quarry, with some of the large blocks of quar-
ried limestone to be taken down to their destination, the Soulanges
Canal.

Along the western extremity of the quarry, large blocks of quarried
and dressed limestone had been piled up and were examined, show-
ing the character of the limestone, thickness of the beds and mode of
occurrence. It was evident that a quarry similar to those of central
Ontario, from which the material was obtained for the construction of
the Trent Valley Canal, had been opened at Rockland, and that the
rock was of superior quality. Some of the upper beds of the quarry-
were apparently more easily shattered, but the hard compact and heavy
bedded strata of the lower two-thirds will no doubt afford excellent
blocks for the canal,

Through the kindness and courtesy of Mr. Stewart, the writer has
been furnished with information on the character of the limestones of
the new Rockland quarries. The result of examinations and tests

143

made of the rock are herewith given, and refer to the chemical com-
position, to the crushing strength of the stone, and to the microscopical
characters of the same, besides a note on the absorption of moisture by
the same limestone.

i and 2. Chemical composition and ratio of absorption, determined
by Dr. B. J. Harrington, of McGill College, Montreal.

CERTIFICATE OF DR. B. J. HARRINGTON.

" The specific gravity of the stone was found to be 2.704, and the
weight of a cubic foot deduced from these figures 168.5 lbs.,(i cubic foot
of water being taken at 62.321 lbs). The analysis shows the stone to
consist almost entirely of calcium carbonate, 'with a little insoluble
matter and small quantities of the carbonates of magnesium and of iron.
The exact figures are as follows :

Insoluble (including a little organic matter) 2.75

Calcium carbonate 94-7

Magnesium " 2.37

Ferrous : o. 1 8

100.00 "
As to the ratio of absorption of water by the limestone from Rock-
land, the following is an extract from a letter by Dr. Harrington dated
28th April, 1893 :

" The absorption of your specimen of limestone was almost nil.
The exact figures were 0.03 of a part of water absorbed by 100 parts by
weight of the 'stone. That is an absorption ratio of 7375-33."

(Signed.) B. J. Harrington.
McGill College, 31st March, 1893.

3. Macroscopic and Microscopic Examination of the Rockland limestone,
by Prof. A. P. Coleman, of the School of Practical Science, Toronto.

The following is the text of a report by Dr. Coleman, of Toronto,
entitled : " Examination of Building Stone for Mr. Archibald Stewart
Ottawa. The specimen sent for examination is a cube of dark grey
bituminous limestone from a quarry at Rockland, Ontario. Micro-
scopically the stone is compact in texture with included crystals of

144

calcite and a few fossils, chiefly fragments of brachiopods. A thin
section examined with the microscope shows a compact ground mass of
calcite with enclosed crystals of the same mineral, some obscure fossil
forms (bryozoa, brachipod shells or crinoids), and some brown lines
of bituminous matter.

Judged as a building material the specimen has all the character-
istics of a durable stone. The dark-grey color will probably bleach to
a lighter grey on exposure to the weather."

(Signed.) A. P. Coleman, Ph. I).,

Prof. Metall. and Assaying.
School of Practical Science, Toronto, March 27th, 1893.

4. Crushing strength per square inch determined by Prof. H. T. Bovey,
M. A., LL.D., of the Physical Laboratories, McGill College.
The following is an extract from a letter by Prof. Henry T. Bovey
on two specimens of limestone from the Rockland quarries :
Specimen A. Dimensions 2" x 2.02" x 2.01".

Tested on bed.

Total crushing strength 92,000 lbs.

Crushing strength per square inch 22,772 "

Specimen B. Dimensions 2.01" x 2.025" x 2.01".

Tested on edge.

Total crushing strength 60,000 lbs.

Crushing strength per square inch 14.741 "

Weight of stone as per sample A= 168. n pounds per cubic foot.

(Signed.) Henry T. Bovey.
McGill College, Montreal, March 22nd, 1893.

It will thus appear from the combined results of the tests made
both at the Toronto and Montreal laboratories, that the stone from the
Rockland quarries is of a superior quality. When compared with the
results obtained from similar severe tests of limestones of Canada and
the United States these of the Rockland limestone stand high. For
the record of such tests, the reports published by the State Surveys of
New York, Pennsylvania and Minnesota besides many other valuable
contributions contain the most extensive and comprehensive remarks.

145

Fossil Remains.

As it was remarked, before, the rocks of the quarry were very
fossiliferous. On the occasiou of the excursion of the O. F. N. C.
quite a number of interesting forms were collected and the following
succession of zones was noticed in the rocks forming the escarpment of
the quarry in descending order.

( i ) Zone of Leptctna sericea, Sowerby.

(2) Zone of Strcptelasma torniculum, Hall.

(3) Zone of Prasopora Sehvy?u\ Nicholson.

(4) Zone of Endoceras proteiforme, Hall.

(5) Zone of Tetradium fibrati/m, Safford.

(6) Zone of Columnarict ffaili, Nicholson.

No less than sixteen species of fossils were collected at the quarries
as follows :

1. Crinoidal fragments.

2. Tetradium fibratum, Safford.

3. Columnaria Halli, Nicholson.

4. Streptelasma corniculum, Hall.

5. Prasopora Selwyni, Nicholson.

6. PHomotrypa similis, Foord.

7. Stictopora acuta, Hall.

8. Serpulites dissolutus, Billings.

9. Rafinesquina alternata, Conrad.

10. Orthis testudinaria, Dalman.

1 1. " tricenaria, Conrad.

12. Ctenodonta sp. indt. cf. C. abrupta, B.

13. Orthoceras sp.

14. Asaphus platycephalus, Stokes.

15. Endoceras proteiforme, Hall.

16. Calymene senaria, Conrad.

Most of these were collected by the writer, determined by him-
self; they represent a part of the fauna entombed in the rocks which
occupy the face of the quarry. The horizon here is precisely the
same as that at Wright's new quarries. Hull, near the C P. R. station
of that town.

146

Just previous to leaving the field. Dr. R. W. Ells, ex-president of
our club, visited Rockland and the quarries adjoining. When at Clarence
Creek, one and a half miles below Rockland, Ont., he made quite an
extensive collection of fossils which the writer has examined only cursorily
and the following forms are included in it :

Fossils Collected by Dr. R. W. EUs at Clarence Creek, near Rockland,
Out., Sept., 1893.

1. Crinoidal fragments.

2. Stictopora acuta, Hall.

3. Prasopora Selwyni, Nicholson.

4. ? Monotrypella sp.

5. Discina or Trematis sp.

6. Crania sp. cf. C. sp.

7. Lingula quadrala, Eichwald.
S. Leptsena sericea. Sowerby.
y. Rafinesquina alternata, Conrad.

10. Streptorhynchus filitextum, Hall,

11. Orthis testudinaria, Dalman.

12. " pectinella, Conrad.

3r

14.

sp. (? N. sp.)
vel Anazyga sp.

15. Platystrophia bifofata, v. lynx, Eich.

16. Bellerophon sulcatinus, Emmons.

17. Rhynchonella increbescens, Hall.

18. Calymene senaria, Conrad.

19. Cheirurus pleurexanthemus, Green.

20. Dalmanites callicephalus, Green.

2i. Ill ,'iius sp (cf. I. Milleri or Trentonensis.)

22. Asaphus platycephalus, Stokes.

23. ' megistos, Locke.

24. Trinucleus concentricuSj Eaton.

( )f these Nos. 5, 6, 7, t6, and 2 | are of more than ordinary interest,
especially the last form Trinucleus concentricus, Eaton, a small trilobite
which is very common in the Trenton of Montreal and Montmorency,

147

but which has not, as far as I am aware, been recorded from the
Ottawa district as yet.

From the foregoing remarks it is hoped that such general characters
of the rock formations of Rockland can be gathered as will be of
service to those interested in the quarry as well as others. The beds
of the Lower Trenton and those of the Black River formation
almost everywhere in Eastern Canada have been used as building
material, whether for piers, bridges or canals, and proved highly
satisfactory.

The Trent Valley Canal locks, as above stated, the piers for the
Victoria Tubular bridge, the locks and improvements on the Lievre
River, and the k>cks on the Rideau Canal at Ottawa, have all been
constructed with stone from the Trenton and Black River formations.

In the case of the Rideau Canal at Ottawa, the limestones con-
stituting the upper half of the Trenton formation here are too nodular
and concretionary for c*nal purposes, and if only blocks from the lower
half had been used it would have saved the department thousands of
dollars that were subsequently spent in repairs.

In conclusion, the writer begs to thank Mr. Archibald Stewart for
this opportunity of examining the geological features at the quarry under
such favorable auspices, also for the information as to tests and reports
of results made by the gentleman above quoted.

BOOK NOTICES.

The Butterflies of North America. Third series, Tart xiv, by W. H. Edwards.

The last part of Mr. Edward's magnificent work has been received.
It is a most interesting number and will be read with interest by all
Canadian Lepidopterists. The three plates are particularly fine. No. i
shows Nemninois Ridingsii in all jts styles. This is a Coloradan
species flying at high elevations. No 2 illustrates Chionobas sEno and
its variation var. Assimilis in which the band on the underside of the
secondaries is wanting or scarcely showing. Both the type and the
variety fly together in Labrador and on the highest summits of the
mountains of Colorado.

Plate 3 is of special interest to the members of our Club as it
shows the fine species, Ch. Macounii, discovered by our indefatigable

us

member, Prof. John Macoun, and named after him by Mr. Edwards.
The first specimens were caught at Nepigon on 28th June, 1884. It is
a rare and short-lived insect and few specimens are known in collec-
tions. The only other known locality where specimens have been
taken is Morley, at the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, and here
again strangely enough Prof. Macoun was the lucky captor. He took
but 3 specimens, 2 males and a female, and no other collector has since
found it there.

The number of collectors who have been to Nepigon to get Chio-
nobas Macounii have given it a local celebrity, and the possibility of an
entomologist being a rational and sane being is there allowed. The
butterfly is there known as the " One-eyed Butterfly " from the fact
that when at rest one of the large ocelli or eye-like spots beneath the
upper wings is very conspicuous. This name, however, has given rise
to most remarkable tales amongst the residents, and Indians. Most of
these take the shape of descriptions of a wonderful insect with one large
eye in front of its head. As few collectors, however, have obtained the
butterfly, it is locally reported to be of fabulous value, "$100 a speci-
men," being a convenient sum to mention, that is the usual figure
quoted as its value. Guided by the local descriptions of the " One-
eyed Butterfly," I fear that would-be speculators would be a long time
making their fortunes.

The letterpress of this part of Mr. Edward's work is very full and

interesting, and on the whole it will probably be considered one of the

best that has appeared. J. F.

Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Super-family Noctuidse found in Boreal America.
[ohn B. Smith, D. Sc, pp. 224, 8 vo., Washington, 1S93. (Bulletin 44 U. S.

National Museum.)

Under the above modest title a most valuable work has lately been
been issued. It is not simply a list of species, but a complete biblio-
graphical and synonymical catalogue, prepared by Dr. Smith with great
labour during many years of special study.

A full preface explains the origin and purpose of the work, as well
as some of the difficulties which it was necessary to overcome in its
execution. There is a list of the authors and works cited, and an excel-
lent index.

L49

The author, date and original place of publication are given for
every genus and species. Great care has been taken by the writer to
examine, where possible, the types, and indication is given where these
may be found. Published references are cited separately under the
name of the species and the synonyms. Under the head of Habitat,
Dr. Smith gives the distribution as far as known to him. Most refer-
ences, however, to the 3,456,542 square miles of territory which are
officially recognized as the Dominion of Canada (exclusive of Labrador
and Newfoundland) are covered by the one word " Canada." This
shows that few of our Canadian collectors have availed themselves of
the generous offer made by Dr. Smith as advertised in all the Entomo-
logical Magazines, namely, that " he will name and return all material
of this family sent to him, for the privilege of retaining such specimens
as may be needed for description or for completing the collection of the
United States National Museum."

As the author of the Catalogue has in preparation a Monograph of
the whole of this family of moths, it is to be hoped that Canadian
Entomologists will do all they can to assist him by sending him liberal
supplies of material. The tendency of some to lock up in private col-
lections rare and interesting specimens is much to be regretted. It is
far better to send them to a specialist for study and subsequent deposi-
tion in a public museum where they will be not only of scientific value,
but also available for study by others, and will have much greater
chance of being preserved. The personal possession of rare or even
unique specimens is after all a very small pleasure compared with that
of knowing that they are in a place where they can be of use to many,
and where the best care will be taken of them.

The large number of species included in the Noctuida?, the close
similarity between many of these, and on the other hand the wide
variations which sometimes occur in the different specimens even of
the same brood, make the study of this family very difficult. For this
reason Dr. Smith's Catalogue will be gladly welcomed by Lepidopterists.
It is a wonderful book and throws a flood of light on what was a hope-
less chaos of impenetrable disorder. J. F.

150

PROGRAMME.

1893 Ottawa Field-Naturalists' Club 1894.

Lectures at 3 p.m. in Normal School, Ottawa.

Dec. 1 2th. Inaugural Address: The extinct Northern Sea-cow and
early Russian Explorations in the North Pacific.

Dr. G. M. Dawson, C.M.G., F.R.S.

Jan. 9th. Following a Planet. {With lantern illustrations)

A. McGill, B.A., B-.Sc.

Jan. 23rd. Biological Water Analysis. (With lantern illustrations.}

Dr. Wyatt Johnston, Montreal.

Feb. 6th. How Rocks are Studied.

Frank Adams, Ph.D., (McGill College, Montreal.)

Feb. 26th. The Transmutations of Nitrogen. ( With chemical ex-
periments.) Thos. Macfarlane, F.R.S.C.

Mch. 6th. Ottawa Butterflies James Fletcher, F.R.S.C.

Notes on the Natural History of the Islands of Behring
Sea James H. Macoun.

Mch. 20th. Annual Meeting at 4 p.m.

151

THE EXTINCT NORTHERN SEA-COW, AND EARLY RUS-
SIAN EXPLORATIONS IN THE NORTH PACIFIC.
By Dr. Georcf. M. Dawson. C.M.G., F.R.S., etc.

One object of the meetings of this club, is that of enabling its
members and their friends to bring before the Society for explanation
and discussion, subjects which thev have been engaged in studying,
or which may have came under their notice. Thus it has occurred to
me that it may interest you, as naturalists, to review the main facts
relating to the now extinct Manatee or Sea-Cow of the North Pacific.
The collection of these facts has interested me particularly because, in
1891, I had an opportunity of visiting the former resorts of the animal
and of procuring there a number of its bones. This animal is one of
these forming a very short list in all which have disappeared com-
pletely within historic times.

The connection established in the title of my paper between the sea-
cow and the early Russian explorations in the North Pacific, may
appear to require explanation, but this explanation is found in the
circumstance that the extermination of the animal chiefly resulted from
these explorations, and in the fact that if left to itself, the sea cow,
though evidently in its decadence would in all probability be still
reckoned as a member of the living world.

Everyone here must be familiar with the fact that a principle motive
in the exploration and occupation of the northern part of North
America was the trade in furs. Missionary enterprises may have
actuated many of the early explorers, but some even of the missionaries,
were not averse to profitable barter ; while in the case of the great fur
companies, this was the object of their existence. The Hudson's Bay
Company was early in the field, and after the conquest of Canada the
Montreal North-West Company superseded the older French trading
companies, and first in competition with, afterwards in combination
with the Hudson's Bay Company, pushed its trading posts and stations
westward to the Pacific Ocean.

Furs and pelts of many kinds were obtained by these traders, but,
throughout, the skin of the beaver may be stated to have been their

152

main pursuit, as it became their standard of value. In a manner pre-
cisely similar, the northern part of Asia was overrun by traders moving
in an easterly direction. The Russian expeditions of conquest followed
in the wake of the Russian fur-traders, and about the beginning of the
last century, the Russians began to establish themselves on the shores
of the Pacific Ocean.

For the Siberian merchants, the chief quest was that of the sable,
and thus it is that the occupation of Siberia has been described as one
gigantic sable hunt, beginning at the Ural Mountains and extending to
the Eastern Ocean. This ocean the Pacific was reached by the
valley of the Anadyr River, far to the north, and at Okotsk, on the sea
of the same name. Between these places lay the remarkable volcanic
peninsular of Kamtschatka. About 1696 its conquest began, and in
some fifteen years it had been throughout rendered tributary to Russia;
but the great ocean to the eastward, and what it might contain, still
remained unknown.

The enormous extension which the Russian Empire had achieved
in Asia, naturally attracted the special attention of its ruler, and in the
last year of her reign, Peter the Great planned an expedition of explora-
tions from the eastern Asiatic coast toward America. Before the
expedition could be despatched the Czar died, but his consort, the
Empress Catherine, anxious in all respects to carry out the wishes of her
late husband, caused the preparations to be continued, and in 1725
Vitus Behring was despatched on this mission, in conformity with the
original intention of the Emperor. Behring was a Dane, engaged in the
Russian service. He left St. Petersburg provided with a corps of
assistants and all the facilities which the government could furnish, to
cross Siberia to Okotsk, which was to be his port of departure for the
exploration of the unknown North Pacific.

It is unnecessary to follow his various journeys and the many delays
which he experienced, nor is it relevant to the present subject to trace
his first expedition from Okotsk by sea, in which he outlined the northern
pirt of Asia toward Behring' Straits. His celebrated voyage to the
American comment, with which we are chiefly concerned, was not
executed till the year 1741, when he left the Bay of Avacha, in

153

Kamtschatka, with two little vessels which had been built ; one specially
under his own command, the other under the command of his lieutenant,
Chirikof. The two vessels shortly became separated, but in the end
both captains sighted what is now known to have been the American
continent.

Chirikof regained Kamtschatka before winter, but Behring and his
ship's company of 70 men or more were less fortunate. The part of
the coast seen by Behring was near Mount St. Elias, where his people
landed on an island, now known as Kaye Island. Little time was
given to exploration, for, having delayed long in searching to the south-
eastward of Kamtschatka for a mythical land existing only on the maps
of the day, the scarcity of provisions on board his ship began to weigh
upon the commander. After taking on board some water, and without
even meeting any of the inhabitants, sail was again made for the Asiatic
coast. It was already past the middle of July, fogs and storms delayed
the navigators, and in endeavoring to make a westerly course they
encountered the great southward-bending chain of the Aleutian Islands.
Short stoppages were made at several of these Islands, which it is now
difficult to identify exactly, but in (he end they passed clear of this
archipelago and found themselves again steering westward across a
trackless sea. The conditions were becoming desperate. Water was
scarce and food was issued at reduced rations, while the crew were all
more or less afflicted by scurvy. The commander himself had taken to
his bed, and it is related that the two men necessary for the helm were
led thither by two others scarcely in better condition than themselves.
Land was at length sighted, and it was assumed to be some part of
the peninsula of Kamtschatka. All the difficulties of the return appeared
to have pissed, and for a brief period it was a time of congratulation
and general joy. The vessel was already in a deplorable condition, and
at a council of the officers it was decided that is would be necessary to
land on the shores in sight whatever they might prove to be. The
vessel was brought to an anchor, but before the landing could be
effected in any regular way. a storm sprang up in which she was cast
ashore, and though none of the cre>v were drowned, several of those
already sick succumbed to the effects of the scurvy in the process of
landing.

1 5 I

The distressed crew were once more ashore, hut as castaways on an
unknown land. They finally arrived at the conclusion that it was an
unpeopled region, for the only animals at first seen were foxes, and these
showed a complete fearlessness of man, of such a kind as to indicate
that they had never before came in contact with him. There was no
wood hut driftwood on the island for such it proved to he and that
was scanty. Thus, in order to shelter themselves from the inclemency
of the weather, the survivors were reduced to digging holes in the sand,
which they covered with sails.

So the winter was spent, and more men died, among them Behring
himself. The island which they had reached was that since known as
Bchring Island, situated some 90 or 100 miles from the Kamtschatkan
coast to which they had hoped to return.

Adapting themselves as well as they could to the circumstances,
the crew found that the sea-otter which frequented the island afforded
a source of food. During the winter a whale was also washed ashore
which materially assisted in their sustenance ; but before the end of their
stay, it was discovered that the sea-cow, which frequented the shores
in herds, afforded a much more toothsome and wholesome flesh than
that of any of the other animals. A method of hunting the sea-cow
was established, and it is largely to the existence of this animal that
the ultimate salvation of a part of Behring's crew was due.

This brings us to the main subject of my paper, the sea-cow or
manatee of the North Pacific; but before speaking further of the sea-
cow itself, it will be in order to state that in the following summer
that of 1742 a new but much smaller vessel was constructed from the
wreck of the original one, in which, setting sail in August, the survivors
managed in ten days to return to Avacha Bay in Kamtschatka.

With them they brought some trophies from the newly discovered
lands ; amongst these the skins of the sea-otter, or sea-beaver as it was
called by the Russians at the time ; the pursuit of which was the moving
cause of the numerous Russian expeditions of following years. A new
avenue for the enterprise of the fur-traders had been opened up and
skvns even more valuable than those of the sable allured them to

155

embark on hazardous adventures among the islands of the Eastern
Sea.

The sea-cow, which was thus in its last retreat accidentally dis-
covered, is an animal possessed of the greatest interest to the zoologist.
Nearly all we know now of its habits and appearances is derived from
the descriptions of Steller, a naturalist who accompanied Behring's
expedition, and who, though he shared to the full in it:, hardships and
distress, still found time to note and write out his observations on the *
natural history of the new lands discovered. Muller, quoting from
Steller's notes, writes :

" I return to my design, to show how useful the Mar.ati was to our
ship's company with regard to their sustenance. Some of these
animals have been caught, which from the snout to the point of the tail
were from three to four fathoms long, and weighed 200 ponds, or
8,000 pounds. One was food enough to serve for a fortnight, and the
flesh was very savoury like the best beef; that of the young ones was
like veal. And the sick found themselves considerably better, when,
instead of the hard beaver's [sea-otter's] flesh, they eat of the Manati,
though it cost them more trouble to catch than one of the beavers.
They never came on the land, but only approached the coast to eat sea-
grass, which grows on the shore, or is thrown out by the sea. This
good food may, perhaps, contribute a great deal to give the flesh a
more agreeable taste than that of the other animals that live on fish.
The young ones that weighed 1,200 pounds and upwards, remained
sometimes at low water on the dry land between the rocks, which
afforded a fine opportunity for killing them , but the old ones could be
caught not otherwise than with harpoons, fixed to long ropes. Some-
times the ropes were broke, and the animal escaped before it could be
struck a second time. This animal was seen as well in the winter as
in the summer time. They melted some of the fat, with which, like
hogs, they are covered from three to four inches thick, and used it as
butter. Of the flesh, several casks full were pickled for ship's provision,
which did excellent service on their return." *

* Voyages from \.sia to America, Muller, Jeffery's translation, pp. 61-62.

156

Steller recognized the similarity of the sea-cow of the North
Pacific to certain other animals already known ; but, being possessed of
imperfect information, he assumed that all these belonged to a single
species. We now know that this was an erroneous conclusion, that this
sea-cow was specifically and generically distinct from others of the
group, and it is consequently very often known as Steller's sea-cow.

The sea-cows in fact form a peculiar group of the mammalia, which
is now classed as a separate order and which shows little affinity to any
other mammals, for though in its aquatic habits and in some other
respects it resembles the whales and porpoises it is very different from
these in anatomical structure. This is probably a very ancient group, for
fossil remains referable to it are found in several geological formations
in Europe, Africa and America ; but in human times it appears to have
dwindled, and to be verging on extinction from natural causes altogether
apart from any specific attacks by man.

Within the historic period, this whole order of mammals has had
but three living genera. The Manatee proper, which inhabits the
shores and estuaries of the Atlantic within the tropics. The Halicore
orDugong, found in the Red Sea, on the East Coast of Africa and in
the Indian Seas as far east as Australia ; and the Rhytina, of which but
one species ( R. Stelleri) appears to have existed. The last-mentioned
is the sea-cow here specially referred to, that of the North Pacific.

It is very often the case, that ancient types of animals which have
already played their part in the history of the world, are found in the
last stages surviving in a few forms widely separated geographically. It
is so in the present instance. The Halicore is separated by the length
of the African continent from the Manatee of the Atlantic, while
Steller's sea-cow was discovered, as we have seen, on a remote island
of the North Pacific.

Early navigators had observed the Halicore and Manatee as
animals of a strange and problematical character, and it is supposed that
the habit of these animnis in carrying the young under the fore limb
may have given origin to the fabled mermaid. Thus when systematic
names began to be applied by naturalists, those animals belonging to
this order were designated Sirenia.

157

In this order the hind limbs are entirely wanting and the tail is
expanded to a wide fin, like that of the whale. All its representatives
which have come under the observation of man, appear to be slow, and
unintelligent, if not actually stupid. They are herbivarous, living on
marine algae, or on aquatic plants growing in the estuaries of rivers. They
are without means of defense, unable to escape easily by superior speed
in the water, and incapable of locomotion ashore. More than this, in
their search for food, they are frequently left stranded by the outgoing
tide, when they are entirely helpless ; while the flesh is always good for
food, the fat produces an excellent oil and the skins are useful because
of their thickness and strength. The inducements for their pursuit by
man are thus very great.

Both the Manatee proper and the Haiicore are provided with teeth,
the now extinct Rhytina was toothless, the place of teeth being supplied
by bony plates upon the jaws which served for the mastication of
its soft food.

The discovery of the sea-cow and its utilization for food by
Behring's crew have already been referred to. The short story of its
extermination must now be told.

No sooner had the survivors of Behring's crew returned with
specimens of rich furs, particularly that [of the sea-otter, than Siberian
traders began to build small vessels to revisit the new islands which had
been discovered. These were no well equipped expeditions, for means
and materials of all sorts were scarce and very primitive on the shores
of the Sea of Okotsk. The craft employed at first were small and ill-
constructed. Coxe writes of them : " Most of the vessels which are
equipped for these expeditions are two-masted ; and commonly built
without iron, and in general so badly constructed, that it is wonderful
how they can weather so stormy a sea. They are called in Russian
Shitiki, or sewed vessels, because the planks are sewed together with
thongs of leather." *

In such crazy vessels the Russians by degrees extended their
wanderings till the whole of the islands of the great Aleutian chain

Account of the Russian Discoveries between Asia and America, \>. u.

1 58

became familiar to them. The adventurers were often absent for
several years on a single cruise, wintering at some island and eventually,
when in luck, returning with their accumulated furs to Kamtschatka or
to Okotsk. Very frequently they were shipwrecked, and not one but
several cases are known in which, like Behring's crew, the shipwrecked
men reconstructed a vessel from the poor debris of that which had been
cast away and in it returned to the Siberian coast. But whole crews
often sailed never to be heard of again, or to be heard of only by sub-
sequent voyagers as having been r^.asacred by the natives.

The adventurers were both hunters and traders. They engaged
themselves in the capture of sea-otters, foxes and other valuable skins
and besides obtained them by barter from the natives. Under the
guise of rendering these people subsidary to Russia, they also exacted a
tribute of furs from them ; taking as much as they could and giving in
return merely a paper receipt to the effect that tribute had been paid
for the current year.

Coxe briefly describes the method of trade as follows: "The
Russians have for some years past been accustomed to repair
to these islands, [the Aleutians,] in quest of furs, of which they have im-
posed a tax on the inhabitants. The manner of carrying
on this trade is as follows. The Russians go in autumn to Behring's island
and there winter : they then employ themselves in catching the sea-cat,
and afterwards the Seivutcha, or Sea-lion. The flesh of the otter is
prepared for food and is esteemed very delicate. They carry the skins
of these animals to the Eastern islands. Next summer they sail east-
ward to the Fox Islands ; and again lay their ships up for the winter.
They then endeavor to procure, either by persuasion or force, the child-
ren of the inhabitants, particularly of the Tookoos, as hostages. This
being accomplished, they deliver to the inhabitants fox-traps, and also
skins for their boats, for which they expect in return furs and provisions
during the winter. After obtaining from them a certain quantity of furs,
by way of tax, for which they give quittances ; the Russians pay for the
rest in beads, false pearls, goats wool, copper kettles, hatchets, etc. In
the spring they get back their traps, and deliver up their hostages. They

5(1 ARYJa

V

159

dare not hunt alone, nor in small numbers, on account of the hatred of
the natives." *

The whole story is a very painful one and most of it has lapsed
beyond the possibility of recovery. The Russian traders were scarcely
less barbarous than the Aleuts whom they eventually subdued and
reduced into a scarcely disguised slavery. They were, however, pro-
vided with firearms, while the natives had, whether for defence or for
attack, only spears, darts, and such like primitive weapons. We have
imperfect accounts from the Russian point of view of these transactions,
but none from that of the natives who were the principal sufferers. We
gather and with difficulty, only the fact that the Aleutian Islands were
originally occupied by a numerous population, which before many years
had became reduced by slaughter and by disease, introduced by the con-
querors, to very scanty proportions.

The Aleut race was decimated, but the fur trade continued, and
has continued in one form or another up to the present day. Meanwhile
the sea-cow became extinct, and it is to this fact particularly that I
now wish to draw attention.

It soon became habitual for the Russian traders to resort in the
first instance to Behring Island in order to lay up a supply of salted
meat for the farther voyage to the Aleutian Islands. The good quali-
ties of the flesh of the sea-cow rendered it the chief object of pursuit
for this purpose, and thus it happened that this nearly defenceless animal
was constantly sought after and hunted. We have already seen that its
range was very limited. Within historic times it appears to have been
practically confined to the Commander Islands Behring and Copper
Islands. Tradition speaks of the occurrence of the animal on the
Kamtschatkan coast, and investigators have found reason to believe
that it at one time frequented also the northern islands of Japan and
the northern coasts of China. Its bones have been found on Attu
Island, the furthest west of the Aleutian archipelago, but it is not
certain that these may not represent merely carcasses which have been
washed ashore there. From the accounts of Steller, it would appear

*op. Cit. pp. 220 221,

1G0

that it was already maintaining itself with difficulty in its last unmolested
retreat. The winter there was severe, and at that season the sea-cow
became so thin that every bone was clearly visible. It appears by nature
to have been intended for some less rigorous climate, but from all such
places it had already been driven by man and other predaceous animals.
Thus it proved easy to extinguish the survivors of this interesting and
ancient but nearly effete race, and without any intention or know-
ledge of what they were about, this extinction was accomplished by the
ignorant Russian traders.

I n I 755> Jakovlev, a mining engineer who was sent to report on
the occurrence of copper on Copper Island, noted that the sea-cow
had already disappeared from that island, and according to the best
information, the last of the race was killed on Behring Island, (which
from the first knowledge had been its chief haunt) about the year
1768. Nordenskjold who visited Behring island in 1879, thought
he had ascertained from enquiry among the Aleut people there
that a single specimen of the sea-cow was seen on the coast as lately as
1854,* but Stejnejer, who visited the island more recently and who
re-examined the same men with whom Nordenskjold had spoken, has
shown that this was probably a mistake, t

Thus it happens, that at the present day Steller's sea-cow, instead
of browsing still upon the kelp along the shores of Behring Island, is
known to science only by its bones. When Nordenskjold visited the
island he made a special search for remains of the sea-cow and found
that the bones were occasionally discovered by the natives along the
shores, generally in a low sandy tract slightly above the present high-
water mark. By prodding in this sandy ground with iron instruments
the presence of the buried bones might be detected, and in this way he
secured enough to make up a nearly complete skeleton. Since that
time other skeletons have been collected and a certain number of
detached skulls, and there can be no doubt that more will be found
from time to time.

age of the Vega. English Ed. Vol. II. pp. -

I Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. Vol. VII. (1884) p. r8i. American Naturalist Vol, XXI. p. 1047.
Am. Geographical Su. . Bulletin, No. 4. 1886.

1G1

The history disclosed by geological research, apart from its purely
physical aspects, is that of the progress of life upon the globe; the
extinction of species after species of plants and animals. and the intro-
duction of new forms in their place. It is by means of the now
ascertained stages of this process of change and replacement that the
geologist is enabled to determine the age of any particular fossiliferous
series of rocks which may come under his notice. But the scale of
geological time is a very extended one, as compared with the progress
of human events, and the number of animals which have been actually
known to man and have since succumbed to process of change is very
small. In almost every known case of the kind, man himself has
assisted in giving the coup de grace and in completing the extermination
of some animal which by reason of natural causes had already became
very much restricted in its habitat.

This, as we have seen, was the case with the sea-cow. Its hour
had very nearly struck before the appearance of man upon the scene.

A PLANORBIS NEW TO THE OTTAWA LIST.

By Geo. W. Taylor, Victoria, B.C.

While paying a short visit to Ottawa in September last, I was so
fortunate as to discover about 40 specimens of a freshwater shell new
to the local lists.

The species in question is Planorbis nautilens Linn, and the
specimens, which are all of the variety cristatus, were found in the ponds
on the right of the road as you pass the St. Louis Dam on the way to
the Experimental Farm. The oniy other American specimens I have
seen of this species (which by the way is common enough in the old
country) are two that were found by the indefatigable Mr. Hanham in
the neighbourhood of Hamilton.

It would be interesting to know how this species has been intro-
duced at Ottawa, as introduced it must have been quite recently, for it
could not have long existed undiscovered in a locality so well searched
as the St. Louis' Ponds have been by the Ottawa Conchologists.

162

HYMENOPTERA FHYTOPHAGA, 1893.
By W. Hague Harrington.

Since the publication of my catalogue of the phytophagous hymen-
optera of this locality, I have been able to examine the insects of this
group which were captured 'by me last summer, and the annexed list
will serve as a record of the season's work, and, at the same time* as a
supplement to the previous paper. My collecting was restricted to the
month of June and the first two weeks of August, and even during
these periods the unusual number of wet days limited my outings con-
siderably. Sawflies also seemed to be much less abundant than in
some seasons, and several even of the commonest species were not ob-
served. It will be seen that there are only 42 species in the list, or
only about one half of the number recorded (Canadian Entomologist,
vol. xxii, page 23) as captured here in 1889." Quite a number of the
specimens were secured at the sub-excursions to the Mer Bleue and
Casselman, and I find that at the latter place a specimen was taken
which proves to be an addition to the published list, viz. Monophadnus
tilicF, which, as the name indicates, is known to occur upon the bass
wood, in Canada and the United States, and of which the probable
larvae have been observed by me on the trees of this locality.
Trichiosoma triangulum Kirhy. 1 female, Aug. 13, Race-course.
'/.area inflata, Norton. 1 female, July 31st. The occurence of a second

specimen confirms this species which >vas doubtfully placed in

former list.
Hylotoma McLaiyi, Leach. 2 females, July 29, Hull, goldenrod.

'' clavicor?iis, Fabr. 1 female, June 3, Mer Bleue ; 2 do , June

14 ; 1 do. July 30, Hull.
Nematus snbalbatus, Norton? 1 female.

corniger, Norton. 2 males, June 10; 1 female, July 29.
" erythrogaster, Norton. 1 female, June 7 ; 1 do. July ,50. Hull.
" sp. near preceding. 1 female, June 6, Hull.

Erichsonii, Hartig. Several females in tamarack swamp beyond

Casselman on June 10th, Larvae less abundant in this district

apparently than in former years.
Nematus ribesii, Scop. Abundant as usual in gardens.

163

Nematun mendiats, \V?.lsh. i female, June 14, Willow.

Emphytus apertus^ Norton. Females, June 1, 7, July 27, 30; male

July 29.
Emphytus canadensis, Kirby. 1 female, June 1, Hull.

" ductus, Linn. 5 females, 1 male, bred in July from larvae
feeding in June upon rosebush in garden.
Dolerusaprilus, Norton. 4 females, June 10, July 29; 1 male, June 18.

" similis, Norton. 1 female, June 10.
Monophadnus tardus, Say. 1 female, May 30, city.

" medius, Norton. 1 female, June 24; 1 male, June 10.

" tilice, Norton. 1 female, June 10, Casselman.

Phymatoceta fumipennis, Norton. 3 females, June 7; 1 male, June 1.
Monostegia roste, Harris. Common in June.
Selandria flavipes, Norton. 3 females, June 10.
AUantus basilaris, Say. 19 females, 5 males; July 29, Aug. 5.
Macrophya albomaculata, Norton. 1 female, June 8; Billings Bridge.
" trisyllaba, Norton. 11 females, 2 males; June 14, July 30^

Pachy protasis delta, Prov. 1 male, June 7 ; Hull.
Taxonus nigrisoma, Norton. 2 females, 3 males; June 12.

" dubitatus, Norton 2 females, June 12.
Strongylogaster pallicoxus, Prov. 1 female, June 8: 2 males June 1.
" rufocinctus, Norton. 1 female, June 24.

" epicera, Say. 1 male, June 1 ; Hull.

" pallidicornis, Norton. 1 male, June 17.

" apicalis, Say. 4 females, 1 male; June 14, 24.

Poecilostoma albosecta, Prov. 1 female, June 3 ; Mer Bleue.
Tenthredo rufopectus, Norton. 3 females, June 24.
" ventralis, Say. 1 female, July 30.
" verticalis, Say. 1 female, 1 male; June 24.
Tenthrcdopsis 14 punctata, Norton. 1 female, June 6.
Monoctenus fulvus, Norton. 2 females, imale. May 31 on ornamental

cedars at Experimental Farm.
Pamphilius pailimaculus, Norton. 1 female, June 18. t%G^C>ii

Oryssus Sayi, Westwood. 1 female, June 17. Poplar.
Xiphydria albicornis, Harris. 1 female, June 17.
Tranex columba, Linn. 1 female, Aug. 5.

Hi!

ORNITHOLOGY.

Edited by A. (i. Kingston.

Five specimens of Uria Lomvia, Briinnick's Murre, were shot near
Ottawa on 20th November last. Four of these were shot on the Ottawa
river near Templeton, and the other at the St. Louis Dam. There were
about twenty birds in this flock. I learn from Dr. Brodie that several
were seen in Toronto Bay.

G. R. White.

Mr. Wintle, of Montreal, also writes us that " large numbers of
Briinnick's Murre have visited this neighborhood this fall, and as far up
the Ottawa River as St. Andrews." He also says that a correspondent
in Toronto speaks of having examined thirty specimens taken there.
They have also been reported by Mr. Macllraith as occurring in some
number at Hamilton.

The family of the Murres and Auks are essentially birds of the sea-
coast, the above and several kindred species breeding commonly on the
rocky shores and islands of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The sole previous
record of any member of the family at Ottawa is that of a Puffin
(Fra/era/la arctica) in 1881, and even on the Great Lakes they are only
known as rare and straggling visitors. Their invasion of our inland
waters in such force as the above reports show is a matter well worthy
of note.

BOOK NOTICE.

Monograph of the North American Proctotrypidse ; 1))' William II. Ashmead.

Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 45.

This volume of nearly 500 pages will rank with the most important
that deal with the American Hymenoptera, and is an exhaustive and
able monograph of a family previously but meagrely investigated on
this continent. The systematic position of the family and its sub-
divisions have been carefully considered and the arrangement is very
skillfully carried out, by means of excellent synoptic tables. To Ottawa
Naturalists the work has a special interest as it records about seventy

165

species from this locality, of which fully fifty are described as new species.
The Proctotrypids form a family of more than ordinary interest, because
all the members of it are parasites. Many of them infest the eggs of
various orders of insects, and thus destroy many injurious forms ; others
live upon the larvae of small diptera, etc., and one sub-family particularly
infests certain small Homoptera. Notwithstanding the small size of
these insects (many being very minute) they exhibit numerous and
interesting modifications of structure, and afford in general good char-
acters for the separation of the numerous genera. The American species
now known, chiefly through the labours of Mr. Ashmead, are about six
hundred in number, placed in about one hundred and fifty genera and
grouped in ten sub-families. In Canada but little attention has been
given to the collection of these minute forms and but few species are
recorded other than those furnished by Ottawa. Many of the smaller
species hibernate in moss and can most easily be secured by sifting such
material obtained ftom swampy localities. A bag of moss obtained in
bow's Swamp on Thanksgiving Day, the sifting of which was completed
recently, yielded quite a iarge number of specimens, including several
of the very small Bans minutus. It is our intention to prepare a list of
the Ottawa species for a future issue. Mr. Ashmead has much enhanced
the value of his magnificent work by eighteen plates in which the
anatomy of typical species, and the various genera are illustrated by
nearly one hundred and fifty beautifully drawn figures. The prepara.
tion of these plates and of the voluminous text have required skilful
and patient labours which can be best appreciated by students who
have themselves attempted the collection, classification and description
of similar micro-organisms ; labours which have their reward chiefly in
the assurance of more accurate knowledge acquired and distributed
during the years of their faithful performance. Ed.

EDITORIAL NOTES.

Soiree No. i On December 12th our talented President, Dr.
Dawson, delivered a most interesting Inaugural Address, which we have
the pleasure of presenting to our readers in this number. A valuable

166

collection of bones of the extinct sea-cow, gathered during his explora-
tions, was shown and added much to give those present a just concep-
tion of the size of the animal.

Soiree No. 2. On January 9th the lecturer of the evening was
Mr. A. McGill, whose address was entitled " Following a Planet." The
subject was introduced in a very happy manner, and skillfully planned
to give the listeners a clear idea of the position and movements of the
heavenly bodies. Jupiter was the planet selected and his present
place in the heavens and the course he takes through the starry vault
were indicated by specially prepared charts. The whole lecture was
fully illustrated by lantern views prepared by Mr.. McGill and shown by
Mr. Babbington.

Soiree No. 3. The next lecture will be by Dr. Wyatt Johnston,
of Montreal, on " The Living Matler in Drinking Water " and cannot
fail to be of great value and interest to every one. The health of any
community is largely dependent on the purity of its water supply, and
it is therefore of great importance to know what organisms or sub-
stances produce such conditions as render water unfit for consumption.

Librarian. It is with great regret that the Council have to
announce the departure of our Librarian, Mr. VV. Scott, B.A., who has
gone to Toronto, where he has accepted a position in the Normal
School. During his terms as Librarian Mr. Scott gave much time and
attention, not only to the reception and care of exchanges, but to the
distribution of the Ottawa Naturalist. As an ardent student of
botany and a zealous collector he will be much missed at our "outings,"
and as a capable and forcible speaker and teacher he will also be missed
at our " innings." We wish him success in his new duties and hope
that he may infuse some life and activity into the Naturalists of the
Queen City. During the remainder of the current Club year the duties
of Librarian will be assumed by Mr. Cowley who has kindly consented
at the request of the Council to undertake them.

Correction. In the programme (page 150,) the date given for
Mr. Macfarlane's lecture should read Feb. 20th, (instead of 26th.)
Please change this date on the programme which you have placed in a
conspicuous place, so that you and your friends may not be in doubt as
to the day.

167
FOLLOWING A PLANET.
By A. McGill, B. Sc, B.A.

(Read January 9th, 1^94.)

It is by no means a difficult thing for anyone who will take the
trouble to observe the heavens, say for half an hour each night on the
consecutive clear nights of any month in the year, to assure himself
that the stars which shine there maintain, with reference to each other,
the same position in the sky, night after night. Perhaps the simplest
and consequently the best observation to begin with, will be the recog-
nition of the Great Dipper, not itself a complete constellation, but a
very conspicuous group of seven stars in Ursa Major. So many people
are familiar with the ' Dipper ' that any one not himself able to identify
it, will find no trouble in getting some friend to point it out for him
The stars are so arranged with reference to each other, that four of them
are placed at the corners of a somewhat irregular rectangle -the bowl of
the Dipper while the remaining three extend outwards from one of the
corners of the rectangle, neatly parallel to its long axis, and represent
the handle. The middle one of these three is not exacily in line with
the other two, so that the handle is slightly bent. It may be incidently
mentioned here that this particular star is double, and is a very beauti-
ful object as seen by a small telescope. A very short distance above it
is a somewhat smaller star, visible to the naked eye and popularly
known as Jack, astride of the pole of the cart, when, what I have called
the Dipper, is imagined as Charles' Wain, a very common name in
some parts of England, for this group of stars.

Nothing can be more instructive or convincing to a beginner in
star-gazing, than the continuous watching through one whole night
preferably a summer night, in our latitude- of this star group. If this
be done it will be found that when the long axis of the Dipper is parallel
to the horizon, a position which it is certain to take some time during
the period of vigil, then the handle will be extended to the left hand
side (west) of the observer, if the Dipper is right side up ; or to his right
hand side, (eastward) if the Dipper is upside down. It is in this latter
position that it will be seen at twelve o'clock these nights, (middle ot

168

February.) As the hours pass it will be noticed that while the stars
hold the fixed positions stated in regard to each other, the position of the
group as a whole changes with reference to the horizon. Three hours
after the handle was pointed eastwards it will be found directed up-
wards, and three hours later will point westwards. If, at the times of
noting the position of the Dipper, a more or less general observation of
the brighter and more remarkable of the other star groups has been
made, it will be an easy matter to convince ourself that every star in the
sky has been describing a circle, larger or smaller westwards, the circles
described being smaller and smaller towards the north until the eye
is compelled to notice one particular star, which alone, of all the bright
stars in the sky, maintains a fixed position no matter how long the vigil
be kept up. This star will be found in the very same place night after
night throughout the year, as well as hour after hour for any particular
night. It marks one of the polar points of an axis, about which the
celestial sphere revolves, and it is thepo/e star. It may be easily seen
that a line joining the stars in ihe front of the Dipper, if produced, will
pass nearly through the position of the pole star, and hence these stars
are often called the pointers.

It is necessary to any intelligent conception of the stellar move,
ments, that the phenomena just described be fully apprehended; but it
is to another set of star groups that I wish to-night to ask your attention.
Thus far we are supposed to have been directing our eyes northward-
Let us turn our backs as exactly as we can to the position of the pole
star, and so placed, look upwards and forwards. We are looking in the
plane of our meridian, and if we look directly up to the zenith, we
locate in the line of vision, a point on the celestial meridian just as far
from the pole star (in circular degrees) as our angular distance from the
pole of the earth which for Ottawa is practically the same as our lati-
tude, about 45 .

Measure off as well as you can towards the South, and in the line
of the meridian, a second distance equal to this, and you are looking at
a point in the equinoctial or celestial equator. The stars at this point
are seen to describe the largest circle in their movement from the east-
ern to the western horizon. A particular interest attaches to the making

1G9

of this observation at, or about, the 21st of March, and again at the 22nd
of September. At these times you not only look at a point of the equi-
noctial, but at a point of the ecliptic, for at these dates the two circles
cut each other, and in the interval the ecliptic or circle in the heavens
which the Sun describes in his annual progress, passes north of the
equinoctial, while from September to March the Sun's path is south of
the equinoctial. Now, it will be evident on a moment's thought that
since the stars cannot be seen while the Sun is in the sky, we need not
hope to see the point of intersection of ecliptic and equinoctial, (except
by looking at the Sun himself,) while the Sun is at that node. But, if
we will look at our meridian as already described at midnight on the
21st March, we shall see there the place which the Sun will occupy on
the 22nd of the following September ; and if we choose that date in
September for a similar observation, we shall see the so-called, Vernal
equinox ; and although no bright stars are situated at the region in
question, a little careful scrutiny will enable us to fix in our memory a
pretty numerous group of small stars the constellation Pisces. Had
the observation been made in March, we should have found a very bril-
liant star(Spica) in the constellation Virgo then in the meridian. This con-
stellation marks the position of the Autumnal equinox, and the position
of the Sun in September, from which date until March following, his
path is south of the celestial equator.

Astronomers have marked off in twelve groups the stars lying along
the Sun's path, and within a zone extending about 8 degrees on each
side of the line of his motion. These so called zodiacal constellations
are for the most part very easy of identification but I can scarcely recom-
mend the two which mark the Equinoctial points as the first which
should be located, although as I have already remarked, they possess a
very special interest to the astronomer. They happen to be less well
defined by brilliant stars than most of the others ; and at this time of
the year Taurus, Gemini and Leo are no doubt the most readily fixed
in the memory. The small groups Pleiades and Hyades in Taurus can
never be forgotten by any one who has once recognized them. While
Aldebaran is a large red star forming one extremity of the V group
known as Hyades. Leo is well marked by a sickle, in the handle of

170

which is the star Regulus, of the first magnitude. In summer nights
the zodiacal constellations Scorpio and Sagittarius are very remarkable
and beautiful. But perhaps the easiest way to note the position of the
zodiacal constellations is to watch the progress of the Moon from night
to night during any lunation. She describes, with sufficient accuracy
for such purposes as this, the same path as the Sun, and in one thir-
teenth part of the Sun's period ; so that while the Sun takes about 30
days to pass from one of the zodiacal constellations to the next, the
Moon covers the same space in little more than two days. If then the
Moon's place in the zodiac be known when first she is seen (at the new),
she will mark out the next constellation of the zodiac (eastwards) in
about 55 hours from that time. Her brightness, especially at the full,
makes it difficult to recognize the detail of the constellation in which
she is situate ; but the constellations east and west of this one may be
easily and satisfactorily examined.

Once the observer has made himself well acquainted with the belt
in the heavens known as the zodiac, he will find no difficulty in assuring
himself that the Moon is not the only celestial sphere which traverses
this path. At different hours of the night and at different times of the
year he will see the planets [upiter, Saturn or Mars as very brilliant
stars differing only by the steadiness of their light from the other
bright stars in one or other part of the zodiac. At the present time
Jupiter is the most brillant star in the sky. and is in the constellation
Taurus, a little south of the Pleiades. But Jupiter, Saturn and Mars
may easily be distinguished from the true stars by the fact that they
change their places with regard to these. It is on this account that
they are named Planets (wanderers), and it is a peculiarity of their
movement to which I would specially ask your attention to-night.
Speaking broadly, any of these planets will be seen to travel over the
same course as the Moon, that is from west to east, among the zodiacal
constellations but, of course, with much greater slowness. If we could
view the Earth's motion in the zodiac from the Sun as our station of
observation, (and though this cannot be done in fact, it may easily be
done with the aid of imagination), we should see the Earth complete
the circle from Virgo, in March, to Leo, in the following February ; in

171

other words the Earth requires twelve months to pass across the faces
of the twelve zodiacal constellations as seen from the Sun. If now from
our heliocentric position we watch the journey of Jupiter around the
same course, we should have lo wait n.86 years to see the course com-
pleted, or while the Earth passes from one constellation to the next in
a month, Jupiter takes about a year to travel over the same arc. This
is partly due to the fact that his orbital velocity in miles per unit of
time is to that of the Earth as 4 to 9, and partly to the much greater
length of his orbit, which is a circle having a radius about five times
that of the Earth's orbital radius. But, although the rates of motion
would be very different, the directions would be the same ; from Libra
to Scopio ; from Scorpio to Sagittarius, and so on eastward, just as in
the case of the Moon. If now, still occupying the Sun's place, we were
to watch the progress of both planets, it is evident that we should see
the Earth make the complete circuit of the zodiac nearly twelve times
while Jupiter made the journey once. And further, we should see the
Earth pass Jupiter's place, say in Aries, in a particular year, while in
the following year our planet would pass Jupiter in Taurus, and the next
year in Gemini, and so on. Now Jupiter, as actually seen from the
earth, does not journey regularly eastward, but appears, during a part of
each year to retrograde, going from the east towards the west in the
zodiac. The olden astronomy figured his path, as well as the paths of
the other planets, as circles with loops on the circumference. These
loops -or Epicycles are twelve in the case of Jupiter ; and it is by no
means difficult to understand how they explain the planet's peculiar and
complicated motion, as seen from the earth. When, however, we
adopt the Copernican theory which looks on the Sun as the centre of
the planetry system, the explanation becomes still simpler. The best
way to do this is to draw on a large sheet of paper two concentric
circles of radii 1 and 5 respectively. These circles represent the orbits
of our Earth and Jupiter, and their common centre is the Sun's place.
Divide each circle into twelve equal arcs. The points of division will
represent on the smaller circle the Earth's place at intervals of one
month, and on the larger circle, Jupiter's place at intervals of one year.
Subdivide any one of the arcs (of 30) of the larger circle into 12 divis-

172

ions, and each of them will represent Jupiter's place at monthly
intervals. Starting with any one of the positions of the Earth as
January, name the next one February, the next March, and so on, in
the direction from right to left, or the reverse way that the hands of a
clock travel over its face. Do. the same for the montlhy places of Jupiter,
and finally connect by straight lines the points of the same name in the
two circles. The point on the smaller circle represents the station of
the observer for that month, and the point on the larger circle is
Jupiter's actual place for the same month. The line joining these points
is the line of vision, and if it be prolonged beyond the larger circle to a
considerable distance the farther the better an arc may be drawn
there which will represent a portion of the region of the stars, an arc of
the ecliptic. On extending all the lines to this arc in the order of the
months, it will oe found that they intersect and retrograde exactly as
does the planet when followed by actual observation in the heavens ;
and the more accurately that the diagram is drawn to scale, the more
exactly will the figures explain Jupiter's actual motion. Nothing can be
more interesting or more instructive to a beginner, than the combination
of actual observation of the planet, with a geometrical plotting of the
motions on paper in this way.

/

NOTICE TO MEMBERS.

This number makes eleven issues of the Naturalist and com-
pletes the Volume of 178 pages, besides the 24 pages of Flora Ottawa-
ensis issued during the year.

The Annual Meeting will beheld in the Normal School on Tues-
day, March 20th, at 4 15 p.m. and in the interest of the Club a large
attendance is desired. Those who have not paid their subscriptions
for the year will kindly forward the same to the Treasurer without delay

6IC

"V,

173
GEOLOGY.

Edited l)y H. M. Ami, M.A.

The Geological Society of America. The fifth annual meeting
of the Geological Society of America was held in Boston last December,
26th, 27th and 28th, under the auspices of the Boston Society of
Natural History and of the Geological Department at Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mai,s.

Principal Sir William Dawson, Emeritus Principal of McGill Uni-
versity, presided at the sessions for the greater part of the time, and was
relieved by Prof. T. C. Chamberlain, of Chicago University, the new
president-elect. Amongst the other Canadians present were : Mr. W.
Mclnnes, Dr. F. D, Adams and Dr. H. M. Ami. Among the fellows
recently elected are Messrs. T. C. Weston and E. D. Ingall, A.R.S.M.,
of the Geological Survey staff. A brief outline of the results of the
meeting will be prepared for a future issue of the Naturalist.

Mr. Tyrrell's journey. Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, of the Geological
Survey staff, has just returned from his extended trip to the Western
Extremity of Chesterfield Inlet. During his journey, Mr. Tyrrell and
his staff endured many hardships but finally reached Fort Churchill on
th^e Western Coast of Hudson's Bay where they were hospitably treated.
Thence the party travelled southward until Selkirk and the C.P.R. line
was struck, arriving home in Ottawa the second week in January
having completed a circuitous route embracing some 4,600 miles.
About 800 miles of that distance were by previously unexplored rivers,
lakes and rocky land, the home of the barren ground caribou.

Mr. Low's trip to Ungava Bay. News has reached the director
and other officers of the Geological Survey from Mr. A. P. Low, B. A.
Sc, who left Ottawa last April, 1883, and crossed the Labrador Penin-
sula to Ungava Bay. From thence Mr. Low crossed to Hamilton Inlet
on the East Coast where he will winter. In the spring he will retrace
his steps and return to Ottawa in the fall of this year.

174
BOTANY.

Edited by W. Scott, B.A

Pell^ea densa, Hooker. In looking over some ferns and plants
collected by me on the Guelph Dolomites of Durham, County Grey,
Ontario, in 1883, I chanced to observe a fern which had not hitherto
been noticed by me with care and which turns out to be interesting.
Having taken it to Prof. Macoun for identification, he immediately
recognised the same to be a specimen of Pellcea densa, Hook.

This note is intended merely to place on record the discovery of
this little " cliff-brake " in the Province of Ontario. I found it at Dur-
ham near the saw-mill dam on the Little Saugeen River, in September,
1883, growing in the crevises and nooks of the Guelph dolomites there
exposed.

The following notes on the geographical distribution of this plant
may be found in Macoun's "Catalogue of Canadian Plants," Part V.

Acrogens, p. 261. " A rock species, confined so far as known to
the provinces of Quebec and British Columbia, where it is rare. Found
by Prof. Allen on Mount Albert, Shickshock Mountains, Gaspe, Que.,
in 1881, growing exposed to the sun on the steep walls of ravines, at
2000 to 3000 feet elevation. (Eaton.) Abundant on cliffs along the
Fraser River above Yale and within the Cascade Mountains ; notably at
Chinaman's Bluff, on rocks, Sicamous, Shuswap Lake ; and summit of
Mount Finlayson, Vancouver Island, B.C. (Macoun.) Mount Finlay-
son, Vancouver Island, B.C. (Anderson.)"

From the above it can be readily seen that so far as known Pellcea
densa has been found in Gaspe, Quebec and in British Columbia, two
extreme points of the Dominion of Canada, and therefore it seemed an
interesting fact to record this species from an intermediate station in
Ontario. The habitat in Ontario is similar to that in other places.

H. M. Ami.

175
ENTOMOLOGY.

Edited by James Fletcher, F.R.S.C.

\-nr>

Corydalis cornutus. Several times last summer this insect was
sent in by members for information as to its name and habits. This is
not surprising, as it is one of the most striking in our insect fauna, and
yet from its crepuscular habit of flight, but seldom observed. It is as
remarkable and interesting in its earlier stages, as when it assumes the
adult, or winged form. The larva passes its life in the water, and is a
common inhabitant of our rivers, being quite abundant for instance in
the Rideau. In this stage it lives nearly three years, and when fully
grown is a dirty brown "crawler," with a squarish head armed with
strong jaws. In addition to six legs, it has several tapering appendages
on each side, which gives it some resemblance to much dreaded centi-
pedes. It breathes during its aquatic existence, by means of tuft-like
gills placed at the base of the lateral appendages. About June (of its
third year) it becomes tired of its submarine life, and seeks change of
scene, and may then be found under stones or drift wood, sometimes at
quite a distance from the water. Forming a shallow cell it pupates,
and about the first of July spreads its ample wings in heavy flight over
the surface of the stream in which it erstwhile crept. The expanded
wings measure almost six inches from tip to tip, but the heavy body of
the insect causes it to be a feeble and awkward flier. The body of the
adult much resembles that of the larva, but the male developes an enor-
mous pair of horn-shaped mandibles, which give him a very formidable
appearance. This species belongs to the Neuroptera, and is allied to
our dragon-flies, as may be readily seen by examining the many veined
wings. The larva is considered by fishermen to be an excellent bait,
and has received in the United States a variety of names, among which
the following are taken from Insect Life : Dobsons, Crawlers, Amly,
Conniption Bugs, Clipper, Water Grampus, Goggle Goy, Bogart, Crock,
Hell Devils, Flip Flaps, Alligators, Ho Jack, Snake Doctor, Dragon
and Hell Diver. The adult is also known as the Hellgramite Fly.

W. H. H.

176

BOOK NOTICES.

Le Naturaliste Canadien Vol. xxi, No. i. Chicoutimi.

We warmly welcome again to our table the monthly magazine
founded by the Abbe - Provancher, and by him continued for many years
despite numerous difficulties and discouragements. Henceforth it will
be published by his pupil and co-laborer, Abbe Victor-A. Huard, of
Chicoutimi, a gentleman of well known scientific attainments. The
Naturaliste Canadien is the only scientific journal published in the
French language on this continent, and therefore appeals to a large body
of our people, who are not reached by other scientific publications. We
sincerely trust, therefore, that it may receive a hearty support from all
those who desire to see the truths and beauties of science brought before
fresh audiences. All branches of Natural History will be discussed and
an elementary treatise on Zoology has been commenced with separate
pagination. The editor proposes also to continue the Faune Entomo-
logique of his predecessor as opportunity permits. Ed.

The Biological Review of Ontario. Vol. I, No. i.

This is a new quarterly of sixteen pages, published by an apparently
newly formed society ; The Biological Society of Ontario. It contains
several interesting articles on birds and insects. The necessity of this
publication is however, not apparent, as any of the articles contained in
it could have been contributed to existing publications such as the Ottawa
Naturalist, and the Canadian Entomologist. There does not seem a
demand at present for an addition to the scientific publications of Canada.
It would be much better for all workers to unite in supporting those
already firmly established. Local societies for the study of natural
history can be made very useful in bringing workers together, and in
fostering an interest in the carrying on of useful investigations, but in the
majority of cases the labor and expense necessary to issue special publi-
cations might be more profitably employed. Ed.

Annual Meeting on Tuesday, March 20th, at 415 p.m.

177

CONTENTS.

v*5i^

Air of our Houses 24

Ami, H. M., Book Notices 129

Fossils from the Trenton Limestones

of Port Hope 100

Geological Soc. of America 173

Geology and Palaeontology of Rock-
land Quarries 138

Pclltea densa 174

Sir Richard Owen 50

Andrea sparsifolia, Zett. var. sublavis

Kindb., n. var 17

Anomodon platyphyllus, Kindb., n. sp. 19

Aquarium, My 33

Bethune, Dr. C. J. S., Erythrcea cen-

taurium 99

Birds of Montreal 49

Biological Review of Ontario 176

Book Notices :

Ashmead, W. H., Monograph of
N. A. Proctotrypidse 164

Cook, Prof. A. J., Birds ol Mich-
igan I3i

Edwards, W. H., Butterflies of
N. A 147

Naturaliste Canadien 176

Ormerod, E. A., Sixteenth Ann.
Rept 15

Scudder, S. H., Guide to the com
moner butterflies of the U.S. and
Canada 96

Smith, T. B., Catalogue of Noctuidse 148

Smithsonian Institution, Rept. of
U. S. Nat. Mus 130

VVhiteaves, J. F., Notes on the Gas-
teropoda of the Trenton Lime-
stones of Man 127

Botany 17, 99. I3*> *74

Bryology. Notes on Canadian 17

Chemical Analysis of Manitoba Soil 94

Conchology 51, 114, 132

Constitution 6

Council, Ann. Rept., 1892-93 10

Cowley, R. W., The Mayflower .... 99
Dawson, Dr. G. M., The Extinct
Northern Sea-cow and early Rus-
sian Explorations in the North

Pacific 151

Diaanella cerviculata, Kindb., n. sp. 18

" polaris, Kindb., n. sp.... 17

Dicratwiveisia obliqua, Kindb., n. sp. 17
Dowling, D. B., Narrative of a journey
from Great Slave Lake to Beechy

Lake 85, 101

Editor : (W. H. Harrington.)

Book Notices 130, 164, 176

Editorial 9

Editorial Notes 165

Excursions Nos. 1 and 2 64

Experimental Farms 49

Sub-Excursions 65

The Royal Soc. of Canada 51

Entomological Branch, Rept. of . . . . 14

Entomology 68,97, ll 7, '62, 175

Eurhynchium psendo-serrulatum

Kindb., n. sp 22

" Revelstokense, Kindb.,

n. sp

serf iilatitm, rriccnse,

Kindb., n. subsp. . .
sen ulatum, hispidifol-

imn, Kindb. ,n. subsp.
subscabridu/ii, Kindb.,

n. sp

subintegrifolium ,

Kindb., n. sp

22

22

22

21

21

55483

17*

Experimental Farms 49

Explorations, Early Russian 151

Excursions :

No. 1 , La Peche 64

No. 2, Rockland Quarries 64

No. 3, Borthwick's Springs 93

Fauna Ottawensis 1 17

Fletcher, James, Book Notices 147

Entomology 68, 97, 175

Meteorological Notes no

Mnium glabrescens, Kindb., n. sp. .. 18
Moffat, J. Alston, Aphyllon uniflorum

at London, Ont 99

Officers, List of 2

Ornithological Branch, Rept. of. . 61

Ornithology 49, 62, 164

Owen, Sir Richard 50

Pec ten Vancouver ensis, Whiteaves,

n. sp 133

Flora Ottawaensis 6 7|p]anorbis, new to Ottawa List t6i

Veronica Buxbaumii . 131 p reV ost, Dr. E. C. Food and Alimen-

Flora Ottawaensis 67

Following a Planet 167

Food and Alimentation 53. "9

Geology 100, 173

Great Slave Lake, Narrative of a

Journey fiom 85, 101

Hanington, W. H. , Corydttliscortmtus 175

tation 53, 69

Programme ol Lectures 150

Pseudoleskea atricha, Kindb., n. sp. . . 20
Raconiiti iuni fascial /arc, Brid. var.

haploclcuion, Kindb., n. var iS

Raphidostegium pseudo-recurvans,

Kindb. , n. sp 23

Entomology 68, 97 Rockland Quarries, Excursion 64

Hymenoptera Phytophaga, list of 117; Notes on Geology and Paleontology 138

1S93 . . . 162 Royal Society of Canada 51

Hypnum Alaska, Kindb., n. sp 23 Scott, W. A., Botany 99, 131, 174

Isothecium myosuroides, hylocomoides, Sea-cow, the Extinct Northern 151

Kindb., n. subsp 20 Shutt, Frank T., Air of our Houses . 24

Kindberg, Dr. N. C, Notes on Cana- Chemical Analysis of Manitoba Soil 94

dian Bryology 17 Small, H. B., My Aquarium ^

Kingston, A. G., Birds of Montreal . . 49 Sub-Excursions 65

Excursion No. 3 93 Thuidium abietinum, pachychnion,

Ornithology 62, 164

Latchford, F., Conchology 114, 132

Leaders of Branches 2

Leptotrichum tomentosum, Kindb.,

n. sp 18

Kindb., n. subsp 20

Thuidium pseudo-abietinum, Kindb.,

n. sp 20

Taylor, Rev. G. W., Conchology . . . . 51

A Planorbis new to the Ottawa List 161

Leskea Moseri, Kindb.. n. sp ^Treasurer's Balance Sheet, 1892-1S93 13

Librarian, change of 166 Valuable Experiments 66

McGill, A., Following a Planet 167

Members, List of 3

Members, Corresponding 5

Manitoba Soil, Chemical Analysis of 94

Marine Invertebrato, B.C. 133

White, G. R., Uria I.omvia 164

Whiteaves, J. F., Notes on some
Marine Invertebrata from the

coast of British Columbia 133

Zoological Notes 107

^

I

e>

April, 18 gj,

sppB

Volume VII. No. 1.

A

,^f^w^ g^fei^MBf *

THE Beaver (Castor Canadensis, KuhlJ.

e5 T , EF) T 'a

Page

Title page 1

Officers, Committees, Leaders, etc 2

List of Members 3

Corresponding Members 5

Constitution 6

Editorial 9

Annual Report of Council 10

Treasurer's Balance Sheet 13

Report of the Entomological Branch 14

Book Notice 15

OTTAWA, CANADA:
1'aynter & Co., Printers, 48 Rideau Street.

Issued March 31st, 1 8gj .

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.
I J3fc.f

6

-

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor Genkral of Canada.

President: Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
tst, Frank T. Shutt, | 2nd, Dr. R. W. Ells.

Secretary : Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer: A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian : William Scott, Normal School.

r // /James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

Committee : j Migs A ShenicKi Miss g Farmer, Miss A. M. Living.

Jelanbiug Committees of Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shenick,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

ITcabers :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig, R, H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchford, J. F. Whiteaves, J. Fletcher.
Entomology J. Fletcher, W. H Harrington, T. J. MacLaughlin.
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lees. Miss Bolton.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

bitorinl &taif:

Editor W . H. Harrington.
Sub-Editors : Geology, Dr. Ami ; Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier ;
Botany, William Scott ; Conchotomy, F. R. Latchford ; Ento-
mology, L Fletcher ; Ornithology, A. G. Kingston ; .Zoology,
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :

Transactions,

Part i, Not sold singly. \

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts. [$1.00 for Vol. I.

" 3, 25 " " 15 " J To members, 70 cts.

" 4, 25 " " '5 " J

, I' 3 d Q u c, (.$1.00 for Vol. II

.. u ( To members, so cts.

" 7, 30 " " 20 " ; ' J

The Ottawa Naiuralist, $1.00 per annum.

Monthly parts, 10 cents; to members, 5 cents.

Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cents

Extras Billings, \V. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture,

pp. 11, 5c.

ELLS, R W. AsbestUSj its history, mode of occurrence and

uses. pp. 24, ioc.

STJMMA K, Y

OF-

Canadian Mining Regulations.

FOTICB.

r PHE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the manner of
1 recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
exceed 160 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
thai behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lauds for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Reyidatious may be obtained u//oti application to the.
^Department of the I alerior.

A. 2. BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department of
Ottawa, Canada,

the Interior,
December 1802.

HENRY WAITERS,
(Chemist and iruggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

and

Corner of Rideau and Cumberland

Streets,

OTTAWA.

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

ineralogistsif Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stauoners,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block, - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPAKKS ST.

Boots and Shoes Made to Measure.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
86 Sparks Street.

M. M- PYKE,
MEN'S OUTFITTER,

99 SPAKKS ST.,

OTTAWA, - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & CO.,

JfiiHt Commercial fJ"'!'"*' 1 -

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

First Excursion, Saturday, May 27th.

pf -^

May, 18 gj,

1

fpB

TOW^i g^spei^isigf

Volume VII. No. 2.

1

The Beaver (Castor Canadensis, KuhlJ.

Page

Notes on Canadian Bryology 17

The Air of Our Houses 24

Excursion No. 1 to La Peche 32

OTTAWA, CANADA:
1'aynter & Co., Printers, 48 Rideau Street.

Issued April 2gth, i8gj.

<>;

T

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor General of Canada.

President : Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
tst, Frank T. Shutt, | 2nd, Dr. R. W. Ells.

Secretary : Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer : A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian : William Scott, Normal School.

. f James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

Committee : j Migs A ShenicK) Miss g. Harmer, Miss A. M. Living.

^tanbing (Committees of Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shenick,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

ITeabfrs :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig, R, H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchford, J. F. Whiteaves, J. Fletcher.
Entomology J. Fletcher, W. H Harrington, T. J. MacLaughlin.
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lkes. Miss Bolton.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

bitorial iltitff :

Editor W. H. Harrington.
Sab- Editors: Geology, Dr. Ami;' Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier ;
/!"tany, Wii.i iam Scott ; Conchotomy, F. R. Latchford; Ento-
mology, J. Fletcher ; Ornithology, A. G. Kingston ; Zoology,
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :

Trans u i ions,

Part i, Not sold singly. \

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts. I $1.00 for Vol. I.

" 3, 25 " " 15 " J To members, 70 cts.

" 4 ' 2s u i ** u '

1! jf 3 u u 2 u I. $1.00 for Vol. II

lt J ' 1, u u i '1 members, so cts.

" 7, 30 '* " 20 " I ' D

The ( )i 1 \\v\ Naiuraijst, $1.00 per annum.
Monthly parts, 10 cents ; to members, 5 cents.
Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members; 15 cents
Extras Billings, W- R. Palaeontology. An elementary leture,
pp. 11, 5c.
Ells, K W. Asbestus; its history, mode of occurrence and
uses. pp. 24, 10C.

s tt nyn im: a. ir, y

OF

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

rpHE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the manner of
1 recording claims for Mineral Lands, other thau Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no miuing location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for miuing Iron, shall not
exceed 160 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
that behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500. 00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Regulations may be obtained upon application to the
Department of the Interior.

A. M. BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department ok the Interior,
Ottawa, Canada, December 1892:

HENRY WATTERS,
(Khemlst and Druggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

and

Corner of Rideau and Cumberland

Streets,

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block, - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPAKKS ST.

Boots and Shoes Made to Measure.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
SS Sparlcs Stree-b-

M. M. PYKE,
MEN'S OUTFITTER,

99 SPARKS ST.,

OTTAWA, - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & CO.,

*df% <J>"Lieii<l printers,

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

Excursion to Rockland, June 17th.

k

3.

i

I

c)

eA^H

2 -^- 2

~^LAo

(i Is

June, i8gj,

sppB

iff^w^ F^feifyiMssp*

Volume VII. No. 3.

The Beaver (Castor Canadensis, KuhlJ.

-y i. y l

Page

My Aquariam. Mr. H. B. Small 33

Birds of Montreal 49

Experimental Farms ' 49

Sir Richard Owen 50

Conchology. Mr. G. W. Taylor 51

Royal Society of Canada 51

Excursion No. 2 52

OTTAWA, CANADA:

l'AYNTKR & ABDOTT, PRINTERS, 48 RlDEAU STREET.

Issued May 31st, i8gj.

c>j

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

?k

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor General of Canada.

President : Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
tst, Frank T. Shutt, | 2nd, Dr. R. W. Eels.

Secretary : Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer : A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian: William Scott, Normal School.

. /James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

Committee : ^ Mlss A S henick, Miss G Harmer, Miss A. M. Living.

Stanbing Committees of Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shenick.,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

3eabcrs :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W\ F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig, R. H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchford, J. F. Wh heaves, J. Fletcher.
Entomology J. Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, T. J. MacLaughlix.
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. I). Lees. Miss Bolton.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

: bitorinl Staff:

Editor W. H. Harrington.
Sub- Editors : Geology, Dr. Ami; Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier;
Botany, William Scott; Conchology, F. k. LvirinoRn; Ento-
rm&dgy, J. Fletcher; Ornithology, A. (T. Kingston; Zoology,
F.T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
Transactions,

Part i, Not sold singly. \

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts. ($1.00 for Vol. I.
" 3, 25 " " 15 " [To members, 70 cts.

" 4, 25 " " '5

" 5, 3 " " 20

" 6, 40 " " 25

" 7, 30 " " 20

The ()i iwva Naiurai.ist, $1.00 per annum..
Monthly parts, 10 cents ; to member-, 5 cents.
Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cents
Extras Billings, ,W. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture,
pp. ii, 5c.
Ells, R. W Asbestus ; its history, mode of occurrence and
uses. pp. j.4, roc,

I $1.00 for Vol. 11
1 To member-, 50 cts.

stt:m::m:.a.:r, y

OF-

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

r PHE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to* the manner of
I recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
exceed 160 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
thai behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
, sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so. recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration ot five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof ^vith the Local Agent that he has
expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Regulations may be obtained upon, application to the
department of the Interior.

l. :&_ BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department of
Ottawa, Canada,

the Interior,
December 1892.

HENRY WAITERS,
Chemist and Druggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

and

Corner of Rideau and Cumberland

Streets,

C. P. WILUMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block, - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPARKS ST.

Boots and S/ioes Made to Measure.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
S@ Sparks Street.

M. M. PYKE,
MEN'S OUTFITTER,

99 SPARKS ST.,

OTTAWA, ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & CO.,

4JF% <j>ii|i!tf![rial -primers,

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

Excursion to Borthwiek's Springs, July 8th See Notice Page 68.

)X

&

qA $&--

-a-x-2-

~"*~ .A3

July, 1893,

1

B

fK?w^ F^eu^MSf

r

Volume VII. No. 4.

i

THE Beaver (Castor Canadensis, Kuhlj.

< ^

f9fB5^8.

I

( Page

Food and Alimentation. Dr. Prevost 53

Report of Ornithological Branch 61

Ornithology 62

Excursions 64

Sub- Excursions 65

Valuable Experiments 66

Flora Ottawaensis 67

Entomology . . 68

Excursion No. 3 . . 68

OTTAWA, CANADA:
1'aynter & Abbott; Printers, 48 Rideau Street.

Issued June 30th, i8g^.

V2L

51

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

TO

Am

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor General of Canada.

President: Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
ist, Frank T. Shutt, 2nd, Dr. R. W. Ells.

Secretary: Dr. Henrv M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer : A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian: William Scott, Normal School.

r v/ /James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

committee: ^ Misg A Shenick, Miss G. Harmer, Miss A. M. Living.

Utanbing Committers of Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shenick,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

$uab*rs :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrikr.
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig, R. H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchford, J. F. Whiteavf.s, J. Fletcher.
Entomology J. Fletcher, W. H Harrington, T. J. MacLaughliv
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. I). Lees. Miss Bolton.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

Cbitorial iaff :
Editor W. H. Harrington.
Sub-Editors: Geology, Dr. Ami; Mitiera'ogy, W. F. Fekrier ;
Botany, William Scott ; Conchotomy, F. R. L\tchfori> ; Ento-
mology, J. Fletcher ; Omithol >gy, A. G. Kingston ; Zoology,
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
Transactions,

Part i, Not sold singly. \

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts. |$i.oo for Vol. I.
" 3, 25 " 15 V j To members, 70 < t >.

" 4, 25
" 5, 3
" 6, 40

" 7, 30

The Ottawa Naiuralist, $1.00 per annum.
Monthly parts, 10 cents ; to members, 5 cents.
Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cenls
Extras Billings, W. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture,
pp. 11, 5c.
Ells, R. W. Asbestus ; its history, mode of occurrence and
uses. pp. 24, 10c.

IS " I

'5 ' j

t( ( $1.00 for Vol. 11

, ( To members co cts.
20 I '

S TJ IMI IMI J IR, Y

OF

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

r THE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the maimer of
recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
exceed 160 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations iai
that behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, hy paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Regulations may be obtained upon application to the.
Department of the Interior.

A- M. BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Depautmen'i of the Interior,
Ottawa, Canada, December 1.892.

I

HENRY WATTERS,
dfhnnist and Druggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

and

Corner of Rideau and Cumberland

Streets,

OTT.A.'W.A..

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists | Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paiuts & Colors.

Howe's Block/ - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPARKS ST.

Boots and S/wes Made to Measure.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
SS Spa-rlrs Street.

MEN'S OUTFITTER,

9!> SPARKS ST.,

OTTAWA, - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & CO.,

S^W <f flttttttftirial printers,

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

a5*

&

9L

August, i8gj,

J-

pB

(

TOW^q ^spei^Mgsp*

Volume VII. No. 5.

The Beaver (Castor Canadensis, KuhlJL

9^B9f.

Page

Food and Alimentation. Dr. Provost 69

Flora Ottawaensis 86-93

OTTAWA, CANADA :
1'ayhter & Abbott, Printers, 48 Rioeap Street

Issued July 31st, i8gj.

e>-

.9

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

Putron :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor General of Canada.

President : Dr. GEORGE M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
ist, Frank T. Shutt, 2nd, Dr. K. W. Ells.

Secretary: Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer : A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian: William Scott, Normal School.

r ("Tames Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

Committee: ^^ A ShenicK) Miss g Harmer, Miss A. M. Living.

Sjlanbtng (Committees of (Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shentck,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrikr.

*|uabers :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whvte, J. Craig, R. H. Cowley.
Couch,dogy. R. Latchford, J. F. Whiteavls, J. Fletcher.
Entomology L Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, T. J. MacLaugh.1 i\.
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lees. Miss BOLTON.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. P. Small.

(L : tutorial .Staff :
Editor W. H. Harrington.
Snb-Kditors: Geology, Dr. Ami; Mineralogy^ W. F. Ferrier;
Botany, Wjlliam Scott; Conchotomy, F. R. Latchford ; Ento-
mology, L Fleicher; Ornithology, A. G. Kingston; Zoology
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :

$i .00 for Vol. I.
To members, 70 cts.

( $1.00 for Vol. [I.
I To members, 50 els.

The < >i 1 \w a N vi URALIST, $1.00 per annum.
Monthly parts, 10 cents : to members, 5 cents.
Quarterly pans, 25 cents each : to members, 15 cents
Extras Billings, W. K. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture,
pp. 1 1, 5c
Ells, K \\ . A.sbestus ; its history, mode of occurrence and
uses. pp. 24, loc ,

Fran sac

1 IONS,

Part

h

Nc

it sc

lid

singly.

<C

2,

2 5

cts.

\

to

menil

>ers.

15 cts

U

25

(<

u

L5 "

u

4,

2 5

(I

1

'5 '

u

Si

3

!<

11

20 "

u

".

40

((

it

25 "

it

7.

3

11

u

20 "

stjiveim: a. :r, it

OF-

Canadian- Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

r PHE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the manner of
1 recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
lias been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of chum.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
excted 100 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
thai behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration ol five years from the date of recording his

claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has

expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local

Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $60 to cover the cost of survey,

' obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the. Jieyulations mat) be obtained upon application to the.
Department of the, Interior.

-.- 1_ BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department of rib. Interior, )

Uttawa, Canada, December 1892. \

HENRY WATTERS,
Chemist and Jpruggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

5 *

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists | Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
CanadTan minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,

36 Sparks Street.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block,* - - OTTAWA.
A. J. STEPHENS,

FIN E SHOES.

S SPAKKS ST.

Boots and S/ioes Made to Measure.

M. M- PYKE,
MEN'S OUTFITTER,

90 SPAKKS ST.,
OTTAWA, - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & ABBOTT,

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

Next Excursion to Paugan Falls.

$K

September, i8gj,

S>

t

fPB

*YT^w^ 9^fei^M8f ,

Volume VII. No. (j.

1

k

The Beaver (Castor Canadensis, KuhlJ.

efr3^5f.

Page

Narrative of a journey in 1890, from Great Slave Lake to Beachy Lake,

on the Great Fish River ~ 85

Excursion No. 3 93

Chemical Analysis of Manitoba Soil 94

Book Notices 96

Entomology 97

Botany , 99

Geology. The next Excursion roo

OTTAWA, CANADA:
1'avnter & Abbott, Printers, 48 Rideatj Str'f.

K

^

.9

Issued September rst, i8g

3-

1*

~<s

xv

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

S *1

*<S

Patron : ,

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor General of Canada.

President: Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice- Preside tils :
ist, Frank T. Shutt, ] 2ND, Dr. R. W. Ei.es.

Secretary : Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.
Treasurer : A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.
Librarian : William Scott, Normal School.
. | James Feetcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

Committee : | Mjss A Shfni(:K) Miss q : Harmf.r, Miss A. M. Living.

^tanbing (Committers of Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

\Y. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston* Miss Shenick,

Miss Harmf.r, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T, Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

^Ccnbcrs :

Geology and Mineralog) Dr. Eels, Dr. Ami, W. F. Feerikr,
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig,' R, H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchfoed, J- F. Whiteayi.s, J. Fletcher.
Entomology}. Fletcher, W. PL Harrington-, T. J. MacLaeoiilin.
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lees. Miss Bolton.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

0- bitorial tuff :
Editor W. H. Harrington.
Sub- Editors : Gedbgy, Dr. Ami; Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier;
Botany, William Scott ; Conchotomy, F. R. Latch ford ; Ento-
mology, J. Fletcher ; Ornithology, A. G. KINGSTON ; Zoology
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
' Transactions,^'

Part i, Not sold singly. \

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members. 15 cts. | $i.oc*for Vol. I.
" 3, 25 " '" 15 " I To members, 70 cts.

; i 4, 25 15 ' J

' Si 3 2 ; j .J,, 00 for Vol. II

6, 40 2S . ... ,

^ J 1 In members, s r ts.

" 7, 30 " 20 1

The Ottawa \ \i ckalist, $ loo per annum.

Monthly parts, 10 cents; to member-, 5 cents.

Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cents

F.vt;:as --- Pii.i.iNcs, W. K. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture.

pp.- ' 1, 5^

ELLS, R W. Asbesfus<; its history, mode of occurrence anil

uses. pp. 24, roi

S TJ UVU IMI A. JEt, 3?"

OF

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

I

THE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the manner of
recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall P~ot be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
exceed 100 acres in area.
*

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
that behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days froru discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time .an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At auy time before the expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the -Local Agent that he has
expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the, Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Regulations may be obtained upon application to the.
Department oj the Interior;

A- M. BTTIRGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department of the Interior, )

Ottawa, Canada, December 1892. \

HENRY WATTERS,
Chemist and gntggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

OTTAWA.

P

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists | Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paiuts & Colors.

Howe's Block,' - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPAKKS ST.

Boots a?id S/ioes Made to Measure

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
SS Sparks Street-

M. M. PYKE,
MEN'S OUTFITTER,

99 SPAKKS ST.,
OTTAWA, - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & ABBOTT,

<D[% ^nuwcial printers,

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

^j^Cll^ A

W~ TT *

I

*

October, i8gj,

Volume VII. No. 7.

The Beaver (Castor Canadensis, Kuhl^).

g5^E9^8.

Page

Narrative of a journey in 1890, from Great Slave Lake to Beachy Lake,

on the Great Fish River > 101

Conchology . 1 14

i

OTTAWA, CANADA:

1'aynter & Abbott, Printers, 48 Rideau Street,

Issued October $th, i8gj.

1

.6)

$>_

S

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

/-'at ran :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor General of Canada.

President: Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
st, Frank T. Shutt, 2nd, Dr. R. W. Ells.

Secretary: Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer: A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian: William Scott, Normal School.

r f James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

Committee : -j^^ ^ ShenicKi Miss q. Harmer, Miss A. M. Living.

Stanbinq, (Committees of Council :

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington'.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G Kingston, Miss Shenick,

Miss Harmer, M-iss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier;

^cabers :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig, R, H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchford, J. F. Whiteaves, J. Fletcher.
Entomology J. Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, T. J. MacLaughlix.
x Omi/holooy A.-"G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lees. Miss Bolton.-
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H.' B. Small.

Cbitorial Staff:
Editor XV . H. Harrington.
Sub- Editors : Geology, Dr. Ami ; Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier ;
Botany, William Scott; Conclwloey, F. R. Latchford ; Ento-
mology,, J. Fletcher ; Ornithology, A. G Kingston ; Zoology
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
Transactions,-

Part i, Not sold singly.

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts.

" 3V ! >5 " " 15 '

; 4, 25- ; i . ;; 15 ;

Z |'- 3 !!'-, [[ 2 u i $>-oo f.,r Vo!. (-1.

6, 40 " 2S Vr,, ,

t f ' 1, u ,( ( lo member-, ko cts.

' " 7, 30 20 ) ' D

The Ottawa Naiuralist, $i..oo per annum.

Monthly parts, 10 cents ; to member--, 5 cents.

Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cents

Extras Billings, W. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture,

pp. 11, 5c.

Ells, R W. Asbestus ; its history, mode of occurrence and

uses. pp. 24, loc.

$1.00 for Vol. I.
To membe:s. 70 cts.

s xj nvn is/e j ir, t

* ov

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

THE following i's a summary of the Regulations- with respect to the manner -of
recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the some.

s Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
exceed 160 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
thai behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days froui discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to i'i:er into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration ol five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may,, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500. 00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Regulations may be obtained upon application to (he.
Department of the Interior.

A- M. BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

DeI'AKTMKNT OF THE iNTEUIOU, \

Ottawa, Canada, December 3892. \

HENRY WAITERS,
(Ehnnist and Druggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

OTTAWA.

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block,' - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPARKS ST.

Boots and Shoes Made to Measure.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,
ALL -RAIL COAL,

SS Sparks Street.

M. M- PYKE,
MEN'S OUTFITTER,

99 SPARKS ST.,

OTTAWA, ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & ABBOTT,

jf% <j>ntnijti;ctal printers.

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

ei

a>

J~.^s~

rt>J

November, lSgji*.

K

(9 i

zs

Volume VI I. No. 8.

mrff^/ris-

The BEAVER (Castor Canadensis, Kuhlj.

eg^spE^sp*

l'A(,K

Fauna Octawaensis, Hymenoptera Phytophaga,- W. Hague Harrington . 117

Book Notices 1 29

Botany 131

Conchology 132

Notice to Members 132

OTTAWA, CANADA :

l'AYNTKK & AbKOTT, PRINTERS, 48 RlDEAU S'l'RKKT.

Issued October j ist, lSgj.

T

3

<_

6"

2

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

Patron :

His EXCELLENCY THE l.oRD STANLEY <>! PRESTON,
Governor General of Canada.

President; Dr. George M. Dawson.

/ 'ict- Presidents ;
st, Frank T.,Shutt, 2M>, Dr. R. W. Ells.

Secretary: Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.
Treasurer: A. G-. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.
Librarian ': William ScoIt, Normal, School.
(James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, \V. F. Ferrier,
l,ammttiee: '^^ A S hEnick, Miss G. Harmkk. Miss A. M. Livino.

^tanbing (Committees of (Council:

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, [am.es I'i.f.k iii:r,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shi.mck.

Miss Harmkk, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Sum, |)r Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

il'rabcrs :

Geology and Mineralogy Dr; Elis, Dr. Ami, W F. Ferrier.
Botany R. \\. Win it:, J. Craig, R H. Cov/Ley.
Concholagy- Y . R. I.atchfork, J. F. Whitkw is, J. Fletcher.
Entomology-?*-]* Fletcher, W. H Harringto'n^T. J. MacLaughun.
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. 1). 1 1 i .-. Mi BoltON:
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

tfbitonal $taff :
Editor W. II. Hakrini, ion.
Sub-hditbrs : Geology, Dr. Ami; Mineralogy, W. F, Ferrier ;
Botany, William Scott: Concholosy, V. R. Latch for d ; Ento
mology, J. Fletcher; Ornithology, A. G. Kingston; ZooL
] . T. Smut i.

Tne Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :

Transactions,

Part I,. Not sold singly. i

to members,, 15 cts($i.oo tor Vol. I.

20 " f $1.00 for Vol. [1

. I To members, so cts,
20 I

I lie < ) 1 1 \w \ \ \ 11 k \i .1st, $1.00 per annum.

Monthly parts. 10 cents ; to members, 5 rents.

Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cents

Kvik.v BlLLINGS, W. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture,

pp. 1 1, 5..

Ells, R W. Asbestus; its history, mode of occurrence and

Uses. pp. 24; 101.

2,

25 cts

3<

25 -

4,

25 "

5=

30 '

6,

40 '

7,

30 ';

To members, 70 cts.

s tt nvc :vn .a. &, it

OF

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

r pHE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the maimer ot

I recording claims for Mineral Lahd* f other than Coal Lands, and the conditions

governing the pur-chase of the same. >

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the Jimits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1300 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall imt
exceed 100 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
thai behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At auy time before tire expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of tin' Ifeguh.Uioti& may be obtcri/iied upon application t<> the
Department oj the Interior.

A. M. BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of tiie Interior.
Department: op ii.'k Interior, i

Ottawa, Canada, December IS'.)!'. \

HENRY WATTERS,
Chemist and Druggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

OTTAWA.

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists | Lapidaries

livery variety of Stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
36 Sparks Street-

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stanoners,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block, - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FIN E SHOES.

39 SPARKS ST.

Boots and Shoes Made to Measure.

ML M- PYKB,
MEN'S OUTFITTER

99 SPARKS ST.,

OTTAWA, - - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & ABBOTT,

4fiic ^ffoiijinciiial ]rii|trr5>.

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St.. Ottawa.

g\

v. "^

(9,

-^Ao

(December, i8g^,

/&

!
J 9

#

OTSR

^

TO W ,

VOLtJME VII. NO. 9.

Pagr
Notes on some Marine Invertebrata from the Coast of British Columbia. . 133
Notes on the Geology and Palaeontology of the Rockland Quarries and

vicinity, in the County of Russell, Ontario, Canada 138

Book Notices 147

Programme of Soirees 150

^Hk

OTTAWA, CANADA:
Paynter & Abbott, Printers, 48 Rideau Street.

Issued (December $th, i8gj.

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

ft

s

%

Patron .

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor General ok Canada.

President: Dr. GEORGE M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :

tst, Frank T. Shutt, 2nd, Dr. K. VV. Ells,

Secretary: Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer: A. (i. Kingston, Depr. Public Works.

Librarian: VVlLiiiA'M SCOTT, Normal School.

I I \mks 1 "' i k her, W. H. Harrixctox, \V. I. Fkrrikr.

Lommit/ee : -^^ A Sre ^ jc ^ Mj g S Harmkr. MlSS A M. LIVING.

^tanbing (Committees of Council:

Piiblishing A. G. Kingston; William Scon-, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. KINGSTON, Miss Shenjqk,

Miss HarmeR, Miss Livixo.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Fkrriir.

^Ccabcrs :

Geology and Mineralogy--- DR. Ells, Dr. Ami, \\ . F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whytl, J. Craig, R, H. Cowley.
Conchphgy y F. R. Latch lord, J. V WhiteavEs, J. Fletcher.
Entomology, J. Flltchi r, W. H HarRlngton, 1'. J. MacLaughlin.
Onu/lioto^y A. (). KlNGSTOJsf, VV. A. 1 ). Lkks. MlSS BOLTON.

Zootomy -Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoux. H. B. Small.

("/tutorial ?taff :

Editor W. H. Harrington.
Sub- Editors -. Geology, Dr. Ami; Mineralogy', VV. F. Ferrier .
Botany, VVillia'm Scott; Concholosy, V. R. Latchfqrd'; l-'.'ito-
uudoty, J. Fletcher; Ornithology, A. (i. Kingston; Zdology

V . T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
Transactions,

I'art l. Not sold singly. I

" 2, 25 cts. : to ineinbers. 15 us. |$i.oo lor Vol. 1.

3-

2 5

4-

25

5i

3

6,

40

:

3

15

'5

members, 70 1 ts.

20 J A

. lt .[ $1.00 lor vol. 11

1 To members, =;o cts.
20 I

The < M 1 \w \ NaiURALIST, $1.00 per annum.

Monthly parts, ic aibers, 5 cen-ts.

irterly pans, 25 cents each ; lo members. 15 cents

Extras Billings, W. k. Palseontolo An elementary lecture

|.p. 1 1. 5c.
l.iis, K W. Asbestus ; its history, mode of occurrence and
uses. pp. 24. IOC.

S TJ IMI JVT j ir, it

OF

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

fPHE following is ;i summary of the Regulations with respect to the manner of
1 recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than loOO feet in
length, nor more than 600 feel in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
exceed 1 60 acres in area.

Ou discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
that behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500. 00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the IteytiliUioi'ia rtw/y be obtained upci) application to the

Department of the Interior.

A. 2. BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department of THt Interior,

Ottawa, Canada, December 3.892.

HENRY WATTERS,
Chemist and Druggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

OTTAWA.

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists | Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block, - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPARKS ST.

Boots and Shoes Made to Measure.

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,

SS Sparks Stree-b-

M- M- PYKB,
MEN'S OUTFITTER.

99 SPARKS ST.,

OTTAWA, - - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & ABBOTT,

4)}% Contn[crcial printers.

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa. J

(5\

(!)

eA^-t

'^t

G>

January, 18 g^,

sppB

Qf^w^ F^spenvusigsp,

Volume VII. No. 10.

,<&&*>

~<\

THE BEAVER (Castor Canadensis, KuhlJ.

f

Page
The Extinct Northern Sea-Cow, and early Russian Explorations in the

North Pacific 151

A Planorbis new to the Ottawa List 161

Hymenoptera Phytophaga, 1893 , 162

Ornithology . . . 164

Book Notice 164

Editorial Notes 165

^

OTTAWA, CANADA:
I'aynter & Abbott, Printers, 48 Rideau Street.

Issued January 16th, i8g4-

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

T"

^

(s

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY THE LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON.
Governor General of Canada.

President: Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
ist, Frank T. Shutt, | 2nd, Dr. R. \V. Ells.

Secretary: Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer: A. G. Kingston. Dept. Public Works.

Librarian: William Scott, Normal School.

. | James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, \V. F. Ferrier,

Committee: ^^ A Shenick. Miss G. Harmer, Miss A. M. Living.

$t;inbinc| (Committees of (Council:
Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shenice,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shujt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. V. Ferrier.

^cabers :

Geology and \/ineralogyDR. Ells, Dr. Ami, VV. F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig, R. H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchfoed, J. F. Whiteaves, J. Fletcher.
Entomology J. Fletcher, W. FL Harrington, T. J. MacLauohliw
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lees. Miss Bolton.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

editorial Staff:
Editor \X. H. Harrington.
Sub-&ditors,\ Geology, Dr. Ami; Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier:
Botany,, William Scott; Concho/ojy, F. R. Latchford; Ento-
moloxy, J. Fletcher; Ornithology, A. G. Kingston ; Zuology
V. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
Transactions,

Part i, Not sold singly.
" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts. I $1.00 for Vol. I;

" [5 ' " To members, 70 cts;

'5

20

2 5
20

The < )i 1 AM \ Na 1 URA1 ist, $1.00 per annum.

Monthly pints. 10 rents ; to members, 5 cents.

Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cents

Extras Billings, W. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture

pp. 1 1.

Ells, R W. Asbestus: us history, mode of occurrence and

uses. pp. 2_| , idc.

11

3

2 5

It

4,

25

(<

5.

3

It

6,

40

II

7.

3

I $1.00 for Vol. H.
i To members, 50 cts".

sttimiim:^ jel y

OF

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

r PHE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the manner of
1 recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, and the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no miuiug location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall- not
exceed 1(50 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
that behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Regulations may be obtained upon application to the
Department of the Interior.

A- M. BURGESS,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department of the Interior,
Ottawa, Canada, December 1892.

HENRY WATTERS,
Chemist and ruggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

OTTAWA.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

C. P. WILLIMOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists | Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials and Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block, - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FINE SHOES.

39 SPARKS ST.

Boots and S/ioes Made to Measure

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
36 Sparks Street.

M- M. PYKB,
MEN'S OUTFITTER,

99 SPARKS ST.,

OTTAWA, - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & ABBOTT,

4f% <|uii|ii|cin:ial printers,

48 RIDEAU STREET,
OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

ANNUAL MEETING, MARCH 20th, 4.15 P.M.

^"^

2-^-fi-

@.

February and March, 18 g 4.

SfpE

Qf^pw^ 5^ T ? eifviM8 T %

Volume VII. No. 11 and 12

v 'mm

The BEAVER (Castor Canadensis, Kuhl^).

Page

Following a Planet, A. McGill 167

Notice to Members 172

G

iology

73

Botany i 74

Entomology 175

Book Notices 1 76

Index 177

OTTAWA, CANADA:
1'aynter & Abbott, Printers, 4S Rideau Street.

k

Issued March 1st, 181/4.

<s>.

^

Published Monthly at $1.00 per annum.

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY LORD ABERDEEN,
Governor General of Canada.

President: Dr. George M. Dawson.

Vice-Presidents :
ist, Frank T. Shutt, 2ND, Dr. R. W. Ells.

Secretary : Dr. Henry M. Ami, Geological Survey Dept.

Treasurer : A. G. Kingston, Dept. Public Works.

Librarian : R. W. Cowley., Normal School.
r . f James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, W. F. Ferrier,

committee : y^ h ^ A g HENICK . Miss q; Harmer. Miss A. M. Living.

Slanbincj Committees of Council:

Publishing A. G. Kingston, William Scott, James Fletcher,

W. H_. Harrington.
Excursions F. T. Shutt, Dr: Ami, A. G. Kingston, Miss Shenick,

Miss Harmer, Miss Living.
Soirees. F. T. Shutt, Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.

X cabers :

Geology and .1/ ineralogy Dr. Ells, Dr. Ami, W. F. Ferrier.
Botany R. B. Whyte, J. Craig, R H. Cowley.
Conchology F. R. Latchkoru, J. V. Whiteaves, j. Fletcher.
Entotttfytogy J. Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, T. J. MacLaughlin.
Ornithology A. G. Kingston, W. A. D. Lees. Miss Boli'on.
Zoology Frank T. Shutt, Prof. Macoun, H. B. Small.

Cbitorial taff :
Editor W. H. Harrington.
Sub-Editors : Geology, Dr. Ami ; Mineralogy, W. F. Ferrier ;
Botany, William Scott ; Concholozy, F. R. Latchford ; Ento-
mology, J. Fletcher ; Ornithology, A. G. Kingston ; Zoology
F. T. Shutt.

The Librarian will furnish the Publications of the Club at the
following rates :
Transactions,

Part 1, Not sold singly. j

" 2, 25 cts. ; to members, 15 cts. |$i.oo for Vol. I.
' 3, 25 " " 15 " j To members, 70 cts.

' 4) 25 <' - ! 5 J

' >' 3 " " 20 " j $ IOO for vol. H.

6, 40 " " 25 ; r ,

D 1 1 o members, so cts.
" 7, 30 " ' 20 ! D

The On iwa NATURALIST, $1.00 per annum.

Monthly parts, 10 cents; to members, 5 cents.

(Quarterly parts, 25 cents each ; to members, 15 cents

Extras Billings, W. R. Palaeontology. An elementary lecture

pp. 1 1, 5c.

Ells, R. W. Asbestus ; its history, mode of occurrence and

uses. pp. 2^, 10C.

S TJ IMI HVL" A. IR, IT

OF

Canadian Mining Regulations.

NOTICE.

THE following is a summary of the Regulations with respect to the manner of
recording claims for Mineral Lands, other than Coal Lands, aud the conditions
governing the purchase of the same.

Any person may explore vacant Dominion Lands not appropriated or reserved
by Government for other purposes, and may search therein, either by surface or
subterranean prospecting, for mineral deposits, with a view to obtaining a mining
location for the same, but no mining location shall be granted until actual discovery
has been made of the vein, lode or deposit of mineral or metal within the limits of
the location of claim.

A location for mining, except for Iron, shall not be more than 1500 feet in
length, nor more than 600 feet in breadth. A location for mining Iron, shall not
exceed 100 acres in area.

On discovering a mineral deposit any person may obtain a mining location,
upon marking out his location on the ground, in accordance with the regulations in
that behalf, and filing with the Agent of Dominion Lands for the district, within
sixty days from discovery, an affidavit in form prescribed by Mining Regulations,
and paying at the same time an office fee of five dollars, which will entitle the
person so recording his claim to enter into possession of the location applied for.

At any time before the expiration of five years from the date of recording his
claim, the claimant may, upon filing proof with the Local Agent that he has
expended $500.00 in actual mining operations on the claim, by paying to the Local
Agent therefor $5 per acre cash and a further sum of $50 to cover the cost of survey,
obtain a patent for said claim as provided in the said Mining Regulations.

Copies of the Regulations may be obtained upon application to ike.
Department of the Interior.

-a., m. btxrgess,

Deputy of the Minister of the Interior.

Department of the Interior,
Ottawa, Canada, December 1892.

HENRY WATTERS,
Chemist and pruggist,

Corner of Sparks and Bank Streets,

OTTAWA.

C. P. WILLI MOTT & CO.

333 Wellington St., Ottawa.

Mineralogists | Lapidaries

Every variety of stone cut and polished.
Large stock of cut stones to select from.
Rock sections for microscope carefully pre-
pared. Collections of named characteristic
Canadian minerals from $i upwards. Give
us a call if you want something new. Send
for catalogue.

ROBERTSON BROS.,

Booksellers and Stationers,

69 Rideau Street.

Natural History Works supplied to
order.

WM. HOWE,

Importer of Artists Materials ami Artistic

Interior Decorations. Manufacturer

of White Lead, Paints & Colors.

Howe's Block, - - OTTAWA.

A. J. STEPHENS,

FIN E SHOES.

39 SPARKS ST.

Boots and S/ioes Made to Measure

J. G. BUTTERWORTH & CO.,

ALL -RAIL COAL,
SS Sparks Stree-b-

3ME. 3ML. PYKE,
MEN'S OUTFITTER

99 SPARKS ST.,
OTTAWA, - - - ONTARIO.

PAYNTER & ABBOTT,

4K C^TC: 11 printers.

48 RIDEAU STREET,

OTTAWA.

J. & R. CRAIG, Tailors, 105 Sparks St., Ottawa.

3 Divide here for _3^h L [y \ g>)

o

Q)

o
ro

o

00

o
oo

oo

I

00

00
CD
CO

00
CD
05

<

0)

a)

St
c

s

See loader or manager w/any questions.